1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author 2090807402 "usti"
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large images.
326 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
333 LaTeX and LyX options
336 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
338 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
339 this doesn't work for equations yet.
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
351 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want to read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
400 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
401 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
840 them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We will start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
971 \begin_inset Index idx
974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
980 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
989 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
992 \begin_layout Standard
995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 \begin_inset space ~
1006 \begin_inset space ~
1011 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1017 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1026 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1027 will start a new paragraph.
1030 \begin_layout Standard
1031 \begin_inset Index idx
1034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1041 \begin_inset Index idx
1044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1054 \begin_inset space ~
1058 \begin_inset space ~
1066 \begin_inset space ~
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1076 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1081 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1084 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1098 button to skip the current word.
1102 \begin_inset space ~
1107 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1116 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1118 If the toggle is set, searching for
1119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1130 will not match the word
1131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1145 Match whole words only
1147 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1176 LyX offers also an advanced
1179 \begin_inset space ~
1183 \begin_inset space ~
1188 feature that is described in sec.
1189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1195 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1204 \begin_inset space \space{}
1208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1216 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1218 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1223 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1234 arg "inset-select-all"
1240 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1243 selects the whole document.
1246 \begin_layout Section
1248 \begin_inset Index idx
1251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1270 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1279 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 or the toolbar button
1291 to undo some mistake.
1292 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1294 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1297 or the toolbar button
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1315 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1329 This is a consequence of the 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 step undo limit, above.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1345 work on almost everything in LyX.
1346 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1350 \begin_layout Section
1352 \begin_inset Index idx
1355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1365 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 once anywhere in the edit window.
1379 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1394 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1400 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1413 \begin_layout Enumerate
1414 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1420 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1424 \begin_layout Section
1426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1428 name "sec:Navigating"
1433 \begin_inset Index idx
1436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1445 \begin_layout Standard
1446 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1449 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1455 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1458 \begin_layout Itemize
1459 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1464 or by the toolbar button
1467 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1476 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 and use the same menu to return to them.
1480 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1483 \begin_layout Standard
1487 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1492 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1493 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1496 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1497 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1498 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1499 your last editing position.
1502 \begin_layout Subsection
1506 \begin_layout Standard
1507 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1508 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1509 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1521 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1528 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1533 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1537 \begin_layout Standard
1538 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1539 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1540 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1541 dialog and to modify the citation.
1542 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1549 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1550 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1558 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1563 you further to control the display.
1568 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1569 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1575 option keeps it in the current view state.
1576 Keeping means that when you have e.
1577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1581 \begin_inset space \space{}
1584 the subsections of section
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1588 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1592 3, the subsections of section
1593 \begin_inset space ~
1596 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1601 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1606 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1616 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1619 \begin_layout Standard
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/reload.png
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1634 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1635 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1638 \begin_inset space \space{}
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/down.png
1645 groupId toolbarbuttons
1650 \begin_inset space ~
1654 \begin_inset space \space{}
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/up.png
1661 groupId toolbarbuttons
1666 \begin_inset space ~
1669 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1670 So, for example, you can move section
1671 \begin_inset space ~
1675 \begin_inset space ~
1678 2.4 or after section
1679 \begin_inset space ~
1683 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1685 \begin_inset Graphics
1686 filename ../images/promote.png
1688 groupId toolbarbuttons
1693 \begin_inset Graphics
1694 filename ../images/demote.png
1696 groupId toolbarbuttons
1700 (or the corresponding key bindings
1708 ) you can change the level of sections.
1709 So you can for example make section
1710 \begin_inset space ~
1714 \begin_inset space ~
1718 \begin_inset space ~
1724 \begin_layout Section
1725 Input / Word Completion
1726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1728 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1733 \begin_inset Index idx
1736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1743 \begin_inset Index idx
1746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1777 \begin_layout Standard
1778 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1780 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1781 is used to propose completions.
1784 \begin_layout Standard
1785 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1787 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1792 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1799 \begin_inset space ~
1803 \begin_inset space ~
1808 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1812 \begin_inset space ~
1817 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1818 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1822 \begin_inset space ~
1828 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1829 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1834 are completions available.
1839 key to accept a proposed completion.
1840 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1841 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1842 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1850 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1851 ing options for text.
1852 The special math option
1856 enables that characters can be composed.
1857 If you for example want to insert the character
1858 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1861 , you can then input the characters
1862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1873 to a formula to get it.
1874 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1875 of the math toolbar.
1876 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1880 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1881 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1890 \begin_layout Section
1892 \begin_inset Index idx
1895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1902 \begin_inset Index idx
1905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1934 \begin_inset Index idx
1937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1968 \begin_layout Standard
1969 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1982 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1984 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1990 \begin_layout Standard
1994 \begin_inset space ~
2002 \begin_inset space ~
2023 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2027 \begin_layout Labeling
2028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2033 LatexCommand nomenclature
2035 description "Tabulator key"
2041 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2042 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2043 \begin_inset space ~
2047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2049 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2056 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2060 , especially section
2061 \begin_inset space ~
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2067 reference "sub:Lists"
2073 If you're still confused, look in the
2078 \begin_inset Newline newline
2081 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2084 \begin_layout Labeling
2085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Escape key"
2099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2107 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2128 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2129 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2133 \begin_layout Standard
2134 There are three modifier keys:
2137 \begin_layout Labeling
2138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2156 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2157 LatexCommand nomenclature
2159 description "Control key"
2163 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2164 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2168 \begin_layout Itemize
2177 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2180 \begin_layout Itemize
2189 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2192 \begin_layout Itemize
2201 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2205 \begin_layout Labeling
2206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2224 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2225 LatexCommand nomenclature
2227 description "Shift key"
2231 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2232 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2235 \begin_layout Labeling
2236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2254 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2255 LatexCommand nomenclature
2257 description "Alt or Meta key"
2261 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2262 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2263 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2269 \begin_inset Newline newline
2272 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2274 menu accelerator keys
2277 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2278 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2282 \begin_layout Standard
2283 For example, the sequence
2284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2290 \begin_inset space ~
2294 \begin_inset space ~
2300 \begin_inset space ~
2308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2327 \begin_inset space ~
2333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 \begin_layout Standard
2348 manual lists all other things bound to the
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2358 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2359 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2360 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2361 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2362 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2363 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2365 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2381 followed by a capital
2388 \begin_layout Standard
2389 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2396 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2399 as explained in sec.
2400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2406 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2413 \begin_layout Chapter
2415 \begin_inset Index idx
2418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2427 \begin_layout Section
2429 \begin_inset Index idx
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2445 \begin_layout Standard
2446 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2447 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2448 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2449 numbering schemes, and so on.
2450 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2451 and format the title of your document differently.
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2459 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2460 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2461 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2462 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2463 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2466 \begin_layout Standard
2467 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2468 how to adjust their properties.
2471 \begin_layout Subsection
2473 \begin_inset Index idx
2476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2485 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 You can select a class using the
2495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2496 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2500 \begin_inset Index idx
2503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2510 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2518 \begin_layout Standard
2519 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2523 \begin_layout Description
2524 Article for basic articles
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 Report for basic reports
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 Book for writing a book
2535 \begin_layout Description
2536 Letter for US-style letters
2539 \begin_layout Standard
2540 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2541 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2542 will include many of these.
2543 Here are some of the classes.
2544 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2546 Special Document Classes
2555 \begin_layout Description
2556 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2559 \begin_layout Description
2560 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2571 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2572 There are three article layouts available.
2573 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2574 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2575 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2576 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2581 sequential numbering
2582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2585 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2586 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2587 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2588 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Beamer Layout for presentations
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2597 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2605 \begin_layout Description
2607 \begin_inset space ~
2610 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2617 \begin_layout Description
2618 Foils Used to make transparencies
2621 \begin_layout Description
2622 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2623 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2627 \begin_layout Description
2628 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2629 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2632 \begin_layout Description
2633 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2636 \begin_layout Description
2637 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2640 \begin_layout Description
2641 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2642 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2643 (Is used by this document.)
2646 \begin_layout Description
2647 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2654 \begin_layout Description
2659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2667 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2669 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2672 \begin_layout Description
2673 Slides Used to make transparencies
2676 \begin_layout Description
2678 \begin_inset space ~
2681 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2682 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2685 \begin_layout Description
2686 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2690 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2692 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2698 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2699 of the document classes.
2702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2706 \begin_layout Standard
2707 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2709 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2710 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2712 \begin_inset Index idx
2715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2732 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2733 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2735 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2740 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2741 and some of them, like
2745 , are highly specialized.
2746 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2747 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2749 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2750 by some document class.
2751 There are just too many of them.
2752 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2755 \begin_layout Standard
2756 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2764 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2765 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2766 document class for a new file.
2767 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2772 Installing new LaTeX files
2773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2780 manual for information on how to install them.
2781 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2787 \begin_layout Standard
2788 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2789 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2791 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2792 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2793 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2795 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2798 \begin_inset space ~
2805 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2817 \begin_inset Index idx
2820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2829 \begin_layout Standard
2830 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2831 chosen document class.
2832 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2833 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2844 \begin_inset Index idx
2847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2858 \begin_layout Standard
2859 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2860 always installed by default.
2861 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2862 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2863 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2864 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2865 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2866 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2867 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2870 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2874 \begin_inset Index idx
2877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 Reconfiguration of LyX
2884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2887 Installing new LaTeX files
2888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2895 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2907 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2908 LyX will advise you about these things.
2916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2920 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2925 \begin_inset Index idx
2928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 Document ! Local Layout
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2939 used in a variety of different documents.
2940 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2941 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2942 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2943 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2944 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2945 What you want is LyX's
2946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2962 manual for information on how to use it.
2965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2969 \begin_layout Standard
2970 Each class has a default set of options.
2971 Here's a quick table describing them:
2974 \begin_layout Standard
2975 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2983 \begin_inset Tabular
2984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2985 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3444 \begin_layout Standard
3445 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 You're probably also wondering what
3453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3457 \begin_inset space ~
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3465 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3466 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3471 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3476 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3486 headings, there are also
3494 headings, and so on.
3495 We will describe these headings fully in section
3496 \begin_inset space ~
3500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3502 reference "sub:Headings"
3509 \begin_layout Subsection
3511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3513 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3518 \begin_inset Index idx
3521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3530 \begin_inset Index idx
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3543 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3545 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3552 \begin_inset space ~
3560 \begin_inset space ~
3565 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3567 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3568 to use for your document.
3569 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3573 \begin_layout Standard
3580 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3586 \begin_inset space ~
3591 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3592 You can choose between the following five options:
3595 \begin_layout Labeling
3596 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3601 Use default page style of current class.
3604 \begin_layout Labeling
3605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3610 No page numbers or headings.
3613 \begin_layout Labeling
3614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3622 \begin_layout Labeling
3623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3628 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3629 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3630 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3633 \begin_layout Labeling
3634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3639 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3640 have the LaTeX-package
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3655 How they are defined is explained in section
3656 \begin_inset space ~
3660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3662 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3669 \begin_layout Standard
3670 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3671 \begin_inset space ~
3675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3677 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3684 \begin_layout Subsection
3685 Paper Size and Orientation
3686 \begin_inset Index idx
3689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3690 Document ! Paper size
3696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3698 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3705 \begin_layout Standard
3706 You can find the following options in the menu
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 \begin_inset Index idx
3725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3734 \begin_layout Labeling
3735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3739 \begin_inset space ~
3744 What size paper to print on.
3749 \begin_layout Itemize
3755 \begin_layout Itemize
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3776 US letter, US legal, US executive
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3792 \begin_layout Labeling
3793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3798 To choose whether to output as
3809 \begin_layout Labeling
3810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3814 \begin_inset space ~
3819 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3820 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3823 \begin_layout Subsection
3825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3832 \begin_inset Index idx
3835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3842 \begin_inset Index idx
3845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3854 \begin_layout Standard
3855 Paper margins are set in the menu
3857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3861 \begin_inset Index idx
3864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 \begin_layout Standard
3874 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3875 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3876 the paper format and the font size into account.
3879 \begin_layout Subsection
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3889 That includes the paragraph environments.
3890 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3891 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3892 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3893 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3902 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3904 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3905 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3906 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3909 \begin_layout Section
3910 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3911 \begin_inset Index idx
3914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3915 Paragraph ! Indentation
3923 \begin_layout Subsection
3925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3927 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3936 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3939 \begin_layout Standard
3940 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3941 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3942 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3943 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3947 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3953 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3954 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3955 language than English.
3956 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3959 \begin_layout Standard
3960 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3961 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3963 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3964 LyX takes care of that.
3965 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3967 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3968 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3969 of a page, and so on.
3973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3974 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3979 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3980 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3984 of these pre-coded spacings.
3985 We will explain more later.
3988 \begin_layout Subsection
3989 Paragraph Separation
3990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3992 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3997 \begin_inset Index idx
4000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4001 Paragraph ! Separation
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 To separate paragraphs, select
4021 \begin_inset space ~
4028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4032 \begin_inset Index idx
4035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4041 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4044 \begin_layout Subsection
4048 \begin_layout Standard
4049 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4054 \begin_inset space ~
4059 dialog and toggle the
4062 \begin_inset space ~
4067 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4070 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4074 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4075 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4079 \begin_layout Standard
4080 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4081 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4084 \begin_layout Subsection
4086 \begin_inset Index idx
4089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4090 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4105 \begin_inset Index idx
4108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4120 \begin_inset space ~
4129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4130 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4135 \begin_inset Index idx
4138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4139 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4144 installed to use this feature.
4152 \begin_layout Section
4153 Paragraph Environments
4154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4156 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4161 \begin_inset Index idx
4164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4165 Paragraph ! Environments
4171 \begin_inset Index idx
4174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4175 Paragraph environments|(
4183 \begin_layout Subsection
4187 \begin_layout Standard
4188 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4191 \begin_layout Standard
4210 \begin_inset Newline newline
4213 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4214 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4215 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4224 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4227 \begin_layout Standard
4228 A paragraph environment is simply a
4229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4236 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4237 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4238 scheme, labels, and so on.
4239 Additionally, you can
4240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4247 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4248 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4249 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4250 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4251 days of typewriters.
4252 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4254 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4257 \begin_layout Standard
4258 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4259 \begin_inset Graphics
4260 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4266 at the left end of the toolbar.
4267 LyX will change the environment of the
4271 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4272 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4273 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4286 create a new paragraph using the
4290 paragraph environment.
4292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4299 because if you are in one of these environments:
4302 \begin_layout Itemize
4308 \begin_layout Itemize
4314 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Standard
4345 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4349 , rather than resetting it to
4354 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4355 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4356 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4357 \begin_inset space ~
4361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4363 reference "sec:Nesting"
4368 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4373 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4374 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4378 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4384 \begin_layout Subsection
4388 \begin_layout Standard
4389 The default paragraph environment is
4394 It creates a plain paragraph.
4395 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4396 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4397 this manual) are in the
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4405 You can nest a paragraph using the
4409 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4417 \begin_layout Subsection
4419 \begin_inset Index idx
4422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4431 \begin_layout Standard
4432 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4441 for thanks or contact information.
4442 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4443 page along with today's date.
4444 For other types of documents, the title
4445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4452 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4457 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4471 Here's how you use them:
4474 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 Put the title of your document in the
4482 \begin_layout Itemize
4483 Put the author name in the
4490 \begin_layout Itemize
4491 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4492 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4498 Note that using this environment is optional.
4499 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4500 If you don't want any date, add the line
4501 \begin_inset Newline newline
4511 \begin_inset Newline newline
4514 to the preamble of your document (menu
4516 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 You can use footnotes to insert
4524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4531 or contact information.
4534 \begin_layout Subsection
4536 \begin_inset Index idx
4539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4557 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4562 \begin_inset Index idx
4565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4566 Section headings ! Numbered
4574 \begin_layout Standard
4575 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4579 \begin_layout Enumerate
4585 \begin_layout Enumerate
4591 \begin_layout Enumerate
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Standard
4622 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4623 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4624 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4627 \begin_layout Standard
4628 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4629 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4630 You group the book into chapters.
4631 LyX does similar grouping:
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4639 is divided into either
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Itemize
4674 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 \begin_layout Itemize
4698 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4719 Not all document types use the
4723 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4728 is the top-level heading.
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4741 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4742 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4744 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4758 \begin_inset Index idx
4761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4762 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4770 \begin_layout Standard
4771 The unnumbered section headings have a
4772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4779 at the end of their name.
4780 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4781 the table of contents, see section
4782 \begin_inset space ~
4786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4796 Changing the Numbering
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4799 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4807 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4808 in the Table of Contents.
4809 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4811 Certain classes start with
4825 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4835 This is something you can change.
4838 \begin_layout Standard
4841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4845 \begin_inset Index idx
4848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4857 \begin_inset space ~
4861 \begin_inset space ~
4866 you will see two counters.
4871 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4873 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4878 Short Titles of Headings
4879 \begin_inset Index idx
4882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4883 Section headings ! Short titles
4889 \begin_inset Argument
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4901 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4910 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4911 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4912 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4917 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4918 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4919 To specify a short title, use the menu
4921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4923 \begin_inset space ~
4929 This will insert a box labeled
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4945 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4946 This also works for captions inside floats.
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4950 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 The following information applies to all section headings:
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4977 \begin_layout Subsection
4978 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4996 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4997 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4998 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4999 the text they contain.
5000 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5008 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5021 when you start a new paragraph.
5022 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5026 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5027 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5028 have to change back to the
5032 environment yourself.
5041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5048 \begin_inset Index idx
5051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5061 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5062 time for the differences.
5071 are identical except for one difference:
5075 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5084 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5088 Here's an example of the
5101 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5103 See – no indentation!
5107 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5108 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5109 the other paragraph.
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 Here's another example, this time in the
5120 \begin_layout Quotation
5126 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5127 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5128 the first line, then
5132 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5136 you were quoting other text.
5139 \begin_layout Quotation
5140 Here's a new paragraph.
5141 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5142 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 As the examples show,
5150 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5151 They should put quotes in the
5156 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5160 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5169 \begin_inset Index idx
5172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5181 \begin_inset Index idx
5184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5200 \begin_layout Standard
5205 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5211 \begin_inset Newline newline
5214 Which I did not rehearse!
5218 It could be much worse.
5219 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5221 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5222 indented a bit more than the first.
5223 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 And make things look fine
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5239 arg "newline-insert newline"
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5250 does not indent both margins.
5251 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5252 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5259 arg "newline-insert newline"
5265 \begin_layout Subsection
5267 \begin_inset Index idx
5270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5286 \begin_layout Standard
5287 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5297 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5306 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5307 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5308 describing some general features of all four of them.
5311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5315 \begin_layout Standard
5316 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5318 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5327 reset the environment to
5331 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5332 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5333 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5337 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5340 to break paragraphs.
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5344 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5345 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5347 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5348 you read all of section
5349 \begin_inset space ~
5353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5355 reference "sec:Nesting"
5363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5369 \begin_inset Index idx
5372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5388 \begin_layout Standard
5389 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5393 paragraph environment.
5394 It has the following properties:
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5412 The items can have any length.
5413 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5414 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 environment inside another
5430 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 \begin_inset space ~
5448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5450 reference "sec:Nesting"
5454 for a full explanation of nesting.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5468 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5471 \begin_layout Standard
5472 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5473 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 The label for the first level
5481 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the second level is a dash.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back out to the third level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the second level.
5510 \begin_layout Itemize
5511 Back to the outermost level.
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5515 These are the default labels for an
5520 You can customize these labels in the
5522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5525 dialog in the submenu
5532 \begin_inset Index idx
5535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5546 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5548 \begin_inset space ~
5552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5554 reference "sec:Nesting"
5561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5567 \begin_inset Index idx
5570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5579 name "sec:Enumerate"
5586 \begin_layout Standard
5591 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5592 It has these properties:
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5605 \begin_layout Enumerate
5606 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 environment resets the counter to one.
5617 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5632 Items can have any length.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5657 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5658 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 The first level of an
5670 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5688 \begin_layout Enumerate
5689 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the third level
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the second level.
5704 \begin_layout Enumerate
5705 Back to the outermost level.
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5714 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5719 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5724 There is more to nesting
5728 environments than we've stated here.
5729 You should read section
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5736 reference "sec:Nesting"
5740 to learn more about nesting.
5743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5749 \begin_inset Index idx
5752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5761 \begin_layout Standard
5762 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5766 list has no fixed label.
5767 Instead, LyX uses the first
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 of the first line as the label.
5779 \begin_layout Description
5780 Example: This is an example of the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5788 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5792 \begin_layout Standard
5794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5801 it is meant that the first hit of the
5805 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5807 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5815 arg "space-insert protected"
5820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5823 \begin_inset space ~
5829 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5835 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5839 for more info.) Here is an example:
5842 \begin_layout Description
5844 \begin_inset space ~
5847 Example: This one shows how to use a
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5862 \begin_layout Description
5863 Usage: You should use the
5867 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5868 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5870 It's not a good idea to use a
5874 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5875 You're better off using
5887 paragraphs into them.
5890 \begin_layout Description
5891 Nesting: You can nest
5895 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5899 \begin_layout Standard
5900 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5901 them from the first line.
5904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5910 \begin_inset Index idx
5913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5927 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5939 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5944 environment is named
5956 \begin_layout Standard
5965 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5966 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5969 \begin_layout Labeling
5970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5975 labels LyX uses the first
5976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5983 of each line as the item label.
5988 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5989 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5990 blank as described above.
5993 \begin_layout Labeling
5994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5995 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5996 the body of the item text.
5997 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5998 label width plus a little extra space.
6002 \begin_layout Labeling
6003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6005 \begin_inset space ~
6008 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6010 If the label width is larger, the label
6011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6018 into the first line.
6019 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6020 margin of the rest of the item text.
6023 \begin_layout Labeling
6024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6029 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6034 environment has the same left margin.
6035 \begin_inset Newline newline
6038 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6052 \begin_inset space ~
6057 determines the default label width.
6058 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6067 multiple times instead.
6068 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6077 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6080 \begin_inset space ~
6085 every time you alter a label in a
6090 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 The predefined default width is the length of
6094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6102 \begin_inset space ~
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6119 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6120 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6133 environment the same way as the
6137 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6143 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6152 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6154 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6156 \begin_inset space ~
6160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6162 reference "sec:Nesting"
6166 to learn about nesting.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 There is yet another feature of the
6174 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6176 You can use additional
6180 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6185 are documented in section
6186 \begin_inset space ~
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6192 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6197 Here are some examples:
6200 \begin_layout Labeling
6201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6202 Left The default for
6209 \begin_layout Labeling
6210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6218 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6221 \begin_layout Labeling
6222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6223 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6234 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6239 \begin_inset Index idx
6242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6255 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6257 in the document settings.
6258 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6263 \begin_inset Index idx
6266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6267 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6276 Custom Enumerate Lists
6277 \begin_inset Index idx
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6281 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6291 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6297 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6298 There you add the command
6301 \begin_layout Standard
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 in TeX Code (shortcut
6320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6321 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6322 \begin_inset space ~
6326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6328 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6341 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6348 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6349 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6362 For Arabic numerals use
6370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6377 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6394 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6402 You can only number 26
6403 \begin_inset space ~
6406 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6414 \begin_layout Standard
6415 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6416 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6419 \begin_layout Standard
6420 As example a list with custom numbering:
6423 \begin_layout Enumerate
6424 \begin_inset Argument
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Enumerate
6454 \begin_inset Argument
6457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6480 \begin_layout Enumerate
6485 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_inset Argument
6489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 \begin_layout Enumerate
6514 \begin_inset Argument
6517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6544 For this list these commands were used:
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6558 \begin_inset Newline newline
6566 \begin_inset Newline newline
6574 \begin_inset Newline newline
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6591 makes the label emphasized and
6600 \begin_layout Standard
6601 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6609 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6610 lists until you change the definition.
6618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6620 \begin_inset Index idx
6623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6624 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6632 \begin_layout Standard
6633 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6636 \begin_layout Enumerate
6637 \begin_inset Argument
6640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 \begin_inset Note Note
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6663 goes back to default numbering
6671 \begin_layout Enumerate
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6679 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6683 \begin_layout Standard
6684 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6689 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6690 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6702 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6711 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6713 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6714 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6715 of a normal enumeration.
6716 There, insert the command
6719 \begin_layout Standard
6725 \begin_layout Standard
6730 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6734 \begin_layout Enumerate
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6743 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6746 \begin_layout Enumerate
6747 \begin_inset Argument
6750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6766 This enumeration starts at 4
6769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6771 \begin_inset Index idx
6774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6784 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6786 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6789 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 with standard spacing
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6800 Add there the command
6804 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6808 \begin_inset Argument
6811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6834 \begin_layout Itemize
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6845 \begin_inset Index idx
6848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6849 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6855 For more info see its documentation,
6856 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6865 \begin_layout Standard
6866 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6868 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6869 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6873 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6876 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 \begin_inset Argument
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6901 \begin_layout Enumerate
6902 with negative indentation
6905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6906 Further Customization
6907 \begin_inset Index idx
6910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6911 Lists ! Customization
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 You can also change the style of description lists.
6924 \begin_layout Standard
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 changes the description label font, the command
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 sets the list style.
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 An example where the command
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6953 itshape, style=nextline
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6960 \begin_layout Description
6962 \begin_inset space ~
6966 \begin_inset Argument
6969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6975 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6977 itshape, style=nextline
6987 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6988 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6992 \begin_layout Description
6994 \begin_inset space ~
6997 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6998 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6999 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7002 \begin_layout Standard
7003 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7009 \begin_inset Index idx
7012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7013 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7019 For more info see its documentation,
7020 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7029 \begin_layout Subsection
7031 \begin_inset Index idx
7034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7051 \begin_inset space ~
7059 \begin_layout Standard
7060 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7068 \begin_inset space ~
7074 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7075 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7076 In contrast, you can use the
7083 \begin_inset space ~
7088 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7089 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7093 \begin_layout Standard
7094 Of course, you're not limited to using
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7110 \begin_inset space ~
7115 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7116 some European academic papers.
7119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7123 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7130 \begin_layout Standard
7135 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7136 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7145 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7146 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7147 Here's an example of each:
7150 \begin_layout Right Address
7152 \begin_inset Newline newline
7156 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 \begin_inset Newline newline
7163 When is it? What is today?
7166 \begin_layout Standard
7170 \begin_inset space ~
7176 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7177 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7178 Here's an example of the
7185 \begin_layout Address
7187 \begin_inset Newline newline
7190 Where do I send this
7191 \begin_inset Newline newline
7194 Your post office and country
7197 \begin_layout Standard
7198 As you can see, both
7205 \begin_inset space ~
7210 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7215 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7221 This makes sense, since
7229 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7230 Thus, you have to use
7237 arg "newline-insert newline"
7243 \begin_inset space ~
7246 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7248 \begin_inset space ~
7257 menu) to start a new line in an
7264 \begin_inset space ~
7272 \begin_layout Subsection
7276 \begin_layout Standard
7277 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7278 or list of references.
7279 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7286 \begin_inset Index idx
7289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7303 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7304 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7305 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7306 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7310 in anything else or vice versa.
7316 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7317 The book document classes ignores the
7321 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7325 in a letter document class.
7328 \begin_layout Standard
7333 environment does several things for you.
7334 First, it puts the centered label
7335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7343 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7345 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7346 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7347 the subsequent text.
7348 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7349 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7352 \begin_layout Standard
7353 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7357 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7358 The new paragraph will still be in the
7363 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7364 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7367 \begin_layout Standard
7368 \begin_inset Float figure
7373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7375 \begin_inset Graphics
7376 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 \begin_inset Caption
7386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7389 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7415 environment, but since this document is in the
7416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7423 class, we can't do this.
7424 We inserted it therefore as figure
7425 \begin_inset space ~
7429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7431 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7436 If you've never heard of an
7437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7444 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7453 \begin_inset Index idx
7456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7465 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7472 \begin_layout Standard
7477 environment is used to list references.
7478 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7479 only use it at the end of the document.
7484 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 When you first open a
7492 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7508 depending on the document class.
7509 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7510 Each paragraph of the
7514 environment is a bibliography entry.
7519 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7520 Each new paragraph is still in the
7527 \begin_layout Standard
7528 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7529 by using a BibTeX database.
7530 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7531 phy handling, have a look at section
7532 \begin_inset space ~
7536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7538 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7545 \begin_layout Subsection
7549 \begin_inset Index idx
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7553 Paragraph ! LyX code
7559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7573 environment is another LyX extension.
7574 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7579 key as a fixed whitespace;
7583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7595 \begin_inset space ~
7600 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7605 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7606 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7609 arg "newline-insert newline"
7626 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7627 So, when you finish using the
7631 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7632 Also, you can nest the
7636 environment inside of others.
7639 \begin_layout Standard
7640 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7643 \begin_layout Itemize
7647 arg "newline-insert newline"
7650 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7655 \begin_inset space \space{}
7665 arg "newline-insert newline"
7671 \begin_layout Itemize
7675 arg "newline-insert newline"
7686 \begin_layout Itemize
7691 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7698 \begin_layout Itemize
7702 arg "space-insert protected"
7709 \begin_layout Itemize
7710 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7711 You must put at least one
7715 in any line you want blank.
7716 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7719 \begin_layout Itemize
7720 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7724 since that will insert
7729 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7732 arg "self-insert \""
7738 \begin_layout Standard
7742 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7759 printf("Hello World!
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout Standard
7773 This is just the standard
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7790 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7791 rc-files, and so on.
7792 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7793 as if you used a typewriter.
7794 \begin_inset Index idx
7797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7798 Paragraph environments|)
7803 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7806 Program Code Listings
7811 \begin_inset space ~
7819 \begin_layout Section
7820 Nesting Environments
7821 \begin_inset Index idx
7824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7825 Nesting ! Environments
7831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7840 \begin_layout Subsection
7844 \begin_layout Standard
7845 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7847 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7849 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7851 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7876 \begin_layout Enumerate
7881 \begin_layout Enumerate
7885 \begin_layout Standard
7886 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7887 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7890 \begin_inset space ~
7894 \begin_inset space ~
7902 \begin_inset space ~
7906 \begin_inset space ~
7915 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7916 will tell you how far you are nested).
7917 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7920 arg "depth-increment"
7926 arg "depth-decrement"
7929 or the convenient key bindings
7940 arg "depth-increment"
7946 arg "depth-decrement"
7949 to change the nesting level.
7950 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7951 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7955 \begin_layout Standard
7956 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7957 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7958 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7959 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7963 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7964 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7966 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7969 \begin_layout Subsection
7970 What You Can and Can't Nest
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7975 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7978 \begin_layout Standard
7979 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7980 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7981 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 Completely unnestable
7988 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7994 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8000 environments have them:
8003 \begin_layout Description
8004 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8005 Can't nest into them.
8009 \begin_layout Itemize
8015 \begin_layout Itemize
8021 \begin_layout Itemize
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Description
8042 \begin_inset space ~
8045 Nestable You can nest them.
8046 You can nest other things into them.
8050 \begin_layout Itemize
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 \begin_layout Itemize
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8099 \begin_layout Description
8100 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8101 You can't nest anything into them.
8105 \begin_layout Itemize
8111 \begin_layout Itemize
8117 \begin_layout Itemize
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8187 \begin_inset space ~
8193 \begin_layout Itemize
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8201 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8209 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8218 \begin_inset space ~
8222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8226 \begin_inset space \space{}
8229 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8230 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8231 section headings violate this.
8239 \begin_layout Subsection
8240 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8241 \begin_inset Index idx
8244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8245 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8253 \begin_layout Standard
8254 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8255 affected by nesting anyhow.
8259 \begin_layout Itemize
8263 \begin_layout Itemize
8267 \begin_layout Itemize
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8281 Figures and tables in
8285 are not affected by this.
8290 Have a look at section
8291 \begin_inset space ~
8295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8297 reference "sec:Floats"
8301 for more information about
8308 \begin_layout Standard
8309 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8310 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8314 \begin_layout Standard
8315 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8323 of its own, it behaves just like a
8324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8331 paragraph environment.
8332 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8336 \begin_layout Standard
8337 Here's an example with a table:
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 \begin_layout Enumerate
8346 This is (a) and it's nested.
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8351 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8359 \begin_inset Tabular
8360 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8361 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8447 \begin_layout Standard
8448 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8455 \begin_layout Enumerate
8457 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8461 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 \begin_layout Standard
8466 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 This is (a) and it's nested.
8479 \begin_layout Standard
8480 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8488 \begin_inset Tabular
8489 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8490 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8577 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8583 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8593 \begin_layout Enumerate
8597 \begin_layout Standard
8598 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8602 \begin_layout Standard
8603 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8605 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8608 \begin_layout Enumerate
8613 \begin_layout Enumerate
8614 This is (a) and it's nested.
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8618 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8624 \begin_layout Standard
8626 \begin_inset Tabular
8627 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8628 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8629 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8716 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8724 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8731 \begin_layout Enumerate
8735 \begin_layout Standard
8736 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8742 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8743 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8747 \begin_layout Subsection
8748 Usage and General Features
8751 \begin_layout Standard
8752 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8761 is the innermost possible depth.
8762 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8765 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 level #1 – outermost
8770 \begin_layout Enumerate
8775 \begin_layout Enumerate
8780 \begin_layout Enumerate
8785 \begin_layout Itemize
8790 \begin_layout Itemize
8799 \begin_layout Standard
8800 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8801 both of them in the example.
8802 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8812 For example, if we tried to nest another
8817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8824 , we would get errors.
8827 \begin_layout Subsection
8829 \begin_inset Index idx
8832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8842 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8843 We have several examples of nested environments.
8844 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8849 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8852 \begin_layout Labeling
8853 \labelwidthstring MMM
8854 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8863 \begin_layout Labeling
8864 \labelwidthstring MMM
8865 #2-a This is level #2.
8866 We created it by using
8869 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8875 arg "depth-increment"
8882 \begin_layout Labeling
8883 \labelwidthstring MMM
8884 #3-a This is level #3.
8885 This time, we just hit
8892 arg "depth-increment"
8896 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8900 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8906 arg "depth-increment"
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8918 environment, nested inside of
8919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 So, it's at level #4.
8928 We did this by hitting
8931 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8937 arg "depth-increment"
8940 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8945 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8961 \begin_layout Standard
8966 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8969 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8975 \begin_layout Labeling
8976 \labelwidthstring MMM
8977 #4-a This is level #4.
8981 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8984 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8989 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8993 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8998 keep nesting things inside
8999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9010 \begin_layout Labeling
9011 \labelwidthstring MMM
9012 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9017 \begin_layout Labeling
9018 \labelwidthstring MMM
9019 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9020 and this is level #6.
9021 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9025 \begin_layout Labeling
9026 \labelwidthstring MMM
9027 #5-b Back to level #5.
9031 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9037 arg "depth-decrement"
9044 \begin_layout Labeling
9045 \labelwidthstring MMM
9049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9055 arg "depth-decrement"
9058 , we're back at level #4.
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9064 #3-b Back to level #3.
9065 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9069 \begin_layout Labeling
9070 \labelwidthstring MMM
9071 #2-b Back to level #2.
9076 \begin_layout Labeling
9077 \labelwidthstring MMM
9078 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9079 After this sentence, we will hit
9083 and change the paragraph environment back to
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 We could have also used the
9107 environment in place of the
9112 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9116 Example 2: Inheritance
9119 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9120 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9132 arg "depth-increment"
9135 , after which, we will change to the
9143 \begin_layout Enumerate
9148 environment, at level #2.
9151 \begin_layout Enumerate
9152 Notice how the nested
9156 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9160 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9164 \begin_layout Standard
9165 We ended this example by hitting
9170 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9174 and reset the nesting depth by using
9177 arg "depth-decrement"
9183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9184 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9193 \begin_inset Argument
9196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9197 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9205 \begin_layout Enumerate
9206 This is level #1, in an
9210 paragraph environment.
9211 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9215 \begin_layout Enumerate
9220 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9226 arg "depth-increment"
9230 Now, what happens if we nest an
9234 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9235 label be? An asterisk?
9239 \begin_layout Itemize
9249 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9250 So, its label is a bullet.
9251 (We got here by using
9254 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9260 arg "depth-increment"
9263 , then changing the environment to
9271 \begin_layout Itemize
9272 Here's level #4, produced using
9275 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9281 arg "depth-increment"
9285 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9290 \begin_layout Enumerate
9291 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9293 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9298 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9302 , because we are in the
9311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9330 \begin_layout Enumerate
9335 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9336 type of numbering does LyX use?
9339 \begin_layout Enumerate
9340 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9343 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9346 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9349 \begin_layout Enumerate
9353 arg "depth-decrement"
9356 to decrease the depth after the next
9359 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9366 \begin_layout Enumerate
9368 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9372 \begin_layout Enumerate
9374 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9375 numeral as the label.Why?
9378 \begin_layout Enumerate
9379 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9388 Notice, however, that LyX
9392 reset the counter for the label.
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9406 arg "depth-decrement"
9409 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9410 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9411 into the twofold-nested
9419 \begin_layout Enumerate
9420 The same thing happens if we do another
9423 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9429 arg "depth-decrement"
9432 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9435 \begin_layout Standard
9436 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9441 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9455 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9461 The same rule applies for the
9465 environment, as well.
9468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9469 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9472 \begin_layout Enumerate
9473 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9474 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9475 the same detail with how we did it.
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9492 arg "depth-increment"
9499 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9500 the example in parentheses someplace.
9501 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9502 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9503 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9507 \begin_layout Enumerate
9512 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9517 Now we will add verse.
9518 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 It will get much worse.
9522 \begin_inset Newline newline
9532 arg "depth-increment"
9543 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9544 \begin_inset Newline newline
9547 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9548 \begin_inset Newline newline
9554 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9567 \begin_layout Standard
9568 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9574 \begin_layout Standard
9576 \begin_inset Tabular
9577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9578 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9669 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9679 arg "depth-increment"
9685 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9695 arg "depth-decrement"
9702 \begin_layout Enumerate
9707 : level #1) This is another item.
9708 Note that selecting a
9712 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9713 3 times to put the table inside the
9721 \begin_layout Quotation
9722 We're now ending the
9726 list and changing to
9731 We're still at level #1.
9732 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9733 The next set of paragraphs is a
9734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9741 We will nest both the
9748 \begin_inset space ~
9753 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9757 for the letter body.
9761 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9764 to preserve the depth.
9765 Remember that you need to use
9768 arg "newline-insert newline"
9771 to create multiple lines inside the
9778 \begin_inset space ~
9788 \begin_layout Right Address
9790 \begin_inset Newline newline
9793 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9794 \begin_inset Newline newline
9800 \begin_layout Address
9802 \begin_inset space ~
9808 \begin_layout Quotation
9809 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9813 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9814 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9815 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9816 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9817 as soon as possible.
9818 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9821 \begin_layout Quotation
9822 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9823 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9824 with your order, along with payment.
9827 \begin_layout Quotation
9828 We thank you again for your patience.
9831 \begin_layout Address
9833 \begin_inset Newline newline
9840 \begin_layout Quotation
9841 That ends that example!
9844 \begin_layout Standard
9845 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9846 just a few keystrokes.
9847 We could have easily nested an
9868 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9871 \begin_layout Section
9872 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9873 \begin_inset Index idx
9876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9886 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9887 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9888 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9889 be broken at the end of a line.
9890 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9894 \begin_layout Subsection
9896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9898 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9903 \begin_inset Index idx
9906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9915 \begin_layout Standard
9916 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9918 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9922 Further documentation is given in section
9923 \begin_inset Newline newline
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9929 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9938 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9953 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9962 A protected space is set with
9964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9965 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 \begin_inset space ~
9979 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9985 \begin_layout Subsection
9987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9989 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9994 \begin_inset Index idx
9997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9998 Spacing ! Horizontal
10006 \begin_layout Standard
10007 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10010 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10014 The length units are listed in Appendix
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10021 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10032 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10037 \begin_inset Index idx
10040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10041 Spaces ! Inter-word
10049 \begin_layout Standard
10051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10055 \begin_inset space \space{}
10058 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10059 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10071 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10072 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10075 arg "space-insert normal"
10081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10085 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10090 \begin_inset Index idx
10093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10102 \begin_layout Standard
10104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10111 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10120 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10121 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10122 inside abbreviations:
10125 \begin_layout Quote
10127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10131 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 or between values and units.
10136 Compare for example this:
10137 \begin_inset Newline newline
10141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10145 \begin_inset Newline newline
10148 10 kg (normal space
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10152 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10157 \begin_inset space ~
10165 arg "space-insert thin"
10171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10175 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10183 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10186 \begin_layout Description
10188 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset space ~
10195 space A line with a
10196 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10200 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10204 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10207 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10210 \begin_layout Description
10212 \begin_inset space ~
10216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10224 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10228 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10239 em) space between the arrows.
10242 \begin_layout Description
10244 \begin_inset space ~
10248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10252 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10256 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10260 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10264 \begin_inset space ~
10268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10271 em) space between the arrows.
10274 \begin_layout Description
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10284 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10288 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10292 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10303 em) space between the arrows.
10306 \begin_layout Description
10308 \begin_inset space ~
10312 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10316 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10321 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10328 cm space between the arrows.
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10333 \begin_inset space ~
10337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10339 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10343 lists the different space sizes.
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10347 \begin_inset Float table
10352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10354 \begin_inset Caption
10356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10359 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10363 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10373 \begin_inset Tabular
10374 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10375 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10376 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10594 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10600 \begin_inset Index idx
10603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10613 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10614 in a uniform fashion.
10615 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10616 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10617 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10618 equally between themselves.
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10622 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10625 \begin_layout Quote
10627 This is on the left side
10628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 This is on the right
10634 \begin_layout Quote
10637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10647 \begin_layout Quote
10650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10654 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10658 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 That was an example in the
10671 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10679 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10682 is one in a standard paragraph.
10683 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10687 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10699 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10704 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10708 \begin_inset space ~
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10728 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10740 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10744 \begin_inset space ~
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10768 \begin_inset space ~
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10775 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10783 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10787 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10788 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10789 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10793 option in the space dialog.
10801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10805 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10810 \begin_inset Index idx
10813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10822 \begin_layout Standard
10823 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10829 \begin_inset space \space{}
10832 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10836 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10839 What is correct English?:
10840 \begin_inset Newline newline
10844 \begin_inset Newline newline
10848 \begin_inset space ~
10851 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10852 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10867 \begin_inset Newline newline
10871 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10882 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10889 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10894 \begin_inset space ~
10898 \begin_inset space ~
10902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10909 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10913 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10919 \begin_inset space ~
10923 \begin_inset space ~
10927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10940 That is why it is named
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10949 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10950 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10954 \begin_layout Subsection
10956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10958 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10963 \begin_inset Index idx
10966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10976 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10979 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10981 \begin_inset space ~
10987 There you find the following sizes:
10990 \begin_layout Standard
11003 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11008 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11014 \begin_inset Index idx
11017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 Document ! Settings
11023 for the paragraph separation.
11024 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11035 \begin_layout Standard
11041 \begin_inset Index idx
11044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11050 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11051 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11053 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11054 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11063 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 s are described in section
11073 \begin_inset space ~
11077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11079 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11088 If there are several
11092 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11093 You can therefore use
11097 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11105 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11106 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11112 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11119 \begin_layout Standard
11120 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11130 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11131 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11143 \begin_layout Subsection
11144 Paragraph Alignment
11147 \begin_layout Standard
11148 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11150 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11154 There are five possibilities:
11157 \begin_layout Itemize
11165 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11171 \begin_layout Itemize
11179 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11185 \begin_layout Itemize
11193 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11199 \begin_layout Itemize
11207 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11213 \begin_layout Itemize
11221 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11229 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11230 the left and right margins.
11231 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11236 This paragraph is right aligned,
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11241 this one is centered,
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11246 this one is left aligned.
11249 \begin_layout Subsection
11251 \begin_inset Index idx
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11255 Page breaks ! Forced
11261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11263 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11271 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11272 can force a page break where you want one.
11273 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11274 Only if you use a lot of
11278 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11282 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11283 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11287 have to change the page breaking.
11290 \begin_layout Standard
11291 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11293 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11296 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 \begin_inset space ~
11304 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11307 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11309 \begin_inset space ~
11314 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11316 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11317 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11320 \begin_layout Standard
11321 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11322 at the top of a page.
11323 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11324 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11325 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11326 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11330 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11334 to learn more about
11341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11345 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11350 \begin_inset Index idx
11353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11354 Page breaks ! Clear
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11363 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11364 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11365 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11366 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11367 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11374 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11376 \begin_inset space ~
11382 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11385 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11387 \begin_inset space ~
11391 \begin_inset space ~
11396 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11397 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11400 \begin_layout Subsection
11402 \begin_inset Index idx
11405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11414 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11421 \begin_layout Standard
11422 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11424 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11429 \begin_inset space ~
11433 \begin_inset space ~
11441 arg "newline-insert newline"
11445 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11448 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11450 \begin_inset space ~
11454 \begin_inset space ~
11459 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11461 This is useful to avoid
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11474 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11475 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11476 set a line break, e.
11477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11481 \begin_inset space \space{}
11484 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11485 \begin_inset space ~
11489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11491 reference "sec:Quote"
11496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11498 reference "sec:Verse"
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11505 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11512 \begin_layout Subsection
11514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11516 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11521 \begin_inset Index idx
11524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11533 \begin_layout Standard
11535 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11546 \begin_layout Standard
11549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11550 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11552 \begin_inset space ~
11557 you can insert horizontal lines.
11558 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11559 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11560 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11563 \begin_layout Standard
11565 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11576 \begin_layout Section
11577 Characters and Symbols
11580 \begin_layout Standard
11581 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11582 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11587 \begin_inset space \space{}
11590 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11598 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11602 for information on how this is done.
11605 \begin_layout Standard
11606 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11611 dialog via the menu
11613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11614 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11620 \begin_layout Standard
11621 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11630 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11631 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11639 \begin_layout Section
11640 Fonts and Text Styles
11641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11643 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11650 \begin_layout Subsection
11652 \begin_inset Index idx
11655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11664 \begin_layout Standard
11665 There are two types of fonts:
11668 \begin_layout Description
11670 \begin_inset space ~
11674 \begin_inset Index idx
11677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11683 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11688 characters) in the font.
11689 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11690 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11691 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11692 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11693 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11694 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11695 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11696 \begin_inset Newline newline
11699 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11700 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11701 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11702 sizes than at small ones.
11703 \begin_inset Newline newline
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11725 \begin_layout Description
11727 \begin_inset space ~
11731 \begin_inset Index idx
11734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11740 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11741 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11742 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11743 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11744 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11745 picture manipulation program.
11746 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11747 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11748 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11749 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11750 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11752 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11753 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11754 \begin_inset Newline newline
11757 Bitmap fonts are named
11760 \begin_inset space ~
11765 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11768 \begin_layout Standard
11769 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11770 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11771 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11772 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11773 use scalable fonts.
11776 \begin_layout Standard
11777 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11778 its document properties.
11781 \begin_layout Standard
11782 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11783 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11784 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11785 font to emphasize text, you use an
11786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11794 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11795 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11799 \begin_layout Subsection
11801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11803 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11810 \begin_layout Standard
11811 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11812 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11813 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11815 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11816 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11817 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11818 to usual word processors.
11819 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11820 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11821 across different machines.
11822 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11823 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11825 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11827 \begin_inset space ~
11831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11833 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11838 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11839 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11843 \begin_layout Standard
11844 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11845 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11846 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11847 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11848 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11849 that is installed on your system.
11850 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11862 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11863 es; so you might have to experiment.
11871 \begin_layout Standard
11872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11880 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11881 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11889 \begin_layout Subsection
11890 Document Font and Font size
11891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11893 name "sub:Document-Font"
11898 \begin_inset Index idx
11901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11908 \begin_inset Index idx
11911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11920 \begin_layout Standard
11921 You can set the document fonts in the
11923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11927 \begin_inset Index idx
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11931 Document ! Settings
11941 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11942 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11945 \begin_inset space ~
11954 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11955 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11959 \begin_layout Standard
11966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11975 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11976 This requires that you use
11982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12021 as the output format, i.
12022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12026 \begin_inset space \space{}
12029 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12030 \begin_inset space ~
12034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12036 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12041 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12042 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12044 \begin_inset space ~
12047 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12048 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12049 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12051 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12054 \begin_layout Standard
12055 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12060 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12065 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12066 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12073 \begin_inset space ~
12079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12092 European Computer Modern
12095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12102 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12105 \begin_layout Standard
12114 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12115 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12120 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12123 \begin_inset space ~
12128 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12134 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12135 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12138 \begin_layout Itemize
12142 \begin_inset space ~
12147 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12160 \begin_inset space ~
12165 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12169 as the default font.
12170 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12171 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12174 \begin_inset space ~
12187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12188 One difference is improved kerning.
12196 \begin_layout Itemize
12200 \begin_inset space ~
12204 \begin_inset space ~
12209 fonts in (the rare) case that
12212 \begin_inset space ~
12217 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12232 Virtual means that it
12233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12244 -glyphs from other fonts.
12245 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12267 Loading the LaTeX-package
12272 \begin_inset Index idx
12275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12276 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12281 with the document preamble line
12282 \begin_inset Newline newline
12289 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12290 \begin_inset Newline newline
12295 will fix the guillemet problem.
12300 and that accented characters are not
12304 glyph, but built of
12308 characters, the accent and the letter.
12309 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12315 If you search for example for the French word
12316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12323 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12332 and not for the glyph
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_inset space ~
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 If you do not like the look of
12356 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12361 \begin_inset space ~
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12377 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12378 \begin_inset space ~
12381 serif and typewriter fonts,
12385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12386 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12393 \begin_inset space ~
12402 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12407 \begin_inset space \space{}
12415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12419 \begin_inset space \space{}
12425 \begin_inset space ~
12433 \begin_inset space ~
12443 but you can also select your own.
12444 \begin_inset Newline newline
12447 The differences between roman,
12450 \begin_inset space ~
12459 fonts are explained in section
12460 \begin_inset space ~
12464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12466 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12471 \begin_inset Newline newline
12477 \begin_inset space ~
12482 was originally designed for newspapers.
12483 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12484 into the small newspaper columns.
12488 \begin_inset space ~
12493 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12496 \begin_layout Standard
12497 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12510 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12515 depends on the class you are using.
12516 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12520 Note that the font size is the
12525 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12526 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12527 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12530 \begin_inset space ~
12536 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12537 \begin_inset space ~
12541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12543 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12555 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12557 \begin_inset space ~
12560 serif or typewriter.
12565 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12575 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12596 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12602 \begin_inset Index idx
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12606 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12612 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12618 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12623 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12624 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12631 \begin_layout Standard
12632 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12634 Use Old Style Figures
12638 Use True Small Caps
12641 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12644 Use Old Style Figures
12646 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12648 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12656 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12660 Use True Small Caps
12662 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12663 of scaled capitals.
12664 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12665 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12668 \begin_layout Standard
12673 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12674 a font to display the script characters.
12678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12679 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12684 \begin_inset Index idx
12687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12688 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12693 So this has no effect for the document language
12709 \begin_layout Standard
12710 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12722 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12726 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12727 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12728 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12733 dialog, see section
12734 \begin_inset space ~
12738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12740 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12752 \begin_layout Subsection
12753 Using Different Character Styles
12754 \begin_inset Index idx
12757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12764 \begin_inset Index idx
12767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12778 certain paragraph environments.
12779 LyX supports two character styles,
12788 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12792 \begin_layout Standard
12797 style, do one of the following:
12800 \begin_layout Itemize
12801 click on the toolbar button
12810 \begin_layout Itemize
12811 use the key binding
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 These commands are all toggles.
12826 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12829 \begin_layout Standard
12830 One typically uses the
12834 style for proper names.
12836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12843 is the original author of LyX.
12844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 A more widely used character style is the
12856 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12863 \begin_layout Itemize
12864 clicking on the toolbar button
12873 \begin_layout Itemize
12874 using the keybindings
12883 \begin_layout Standard
12888 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12889 es use a different font.
12892 \begin_layout Standard
12893 We've been using the
12897 style all over the place in this document.
12898 Here's one more example:
12901 \begin_layout Quotation
12904 Don't overuse character styles!
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12909 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12910 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12911 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12924 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12926 \begin_inset space ~
12934 \begin_layout Subsection
12935 Fine-Tuning with the
12940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12942 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12947 \begin_inset Index idx
12950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Standard
12960 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12961 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12962 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12963 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12964 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12965 from ordinary dialog.
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12970 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12971 \begin_inset Newline newline
12974 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12975 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12978 \begin_layout Standard
12979 To use custom character styles, open the
12981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12983 \begin_inset space ~
12986 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 dialog or press the toolbar button
12992 arg "dialog-show character"
12996 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12997 font property that you can choose.
12998 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13006 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13011 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13012 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13013 environments in a snap.
13016 \begin_layout Standard
13017 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13020 \begin_inset space ~
13032 \begin_layout Labeling
13033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13047 The possible options are:
13051 \begin_layout Labeling
13052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13057 This is the Roman font family.
13058 Normally a serif font.
13059 It's also the default family.
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13074 \begin_inset space ~
13081 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13093 \begin_layout Labeling
13094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13101 This is the Typewriter font family.
13107 arg "font-typewriter"
13116 \begin_layout Labeling
13117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13122 This corresponds to the print weight.
13127 \begin_layout Labeling
13128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13133 This is the Medium font series.
13134 It's also the default series.
13137 \begin_layout Labeling
13138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13145 This is the Bold font series.
13158 \begin_layout Labeling
13159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13164 As the name implies.
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13175 This is the Upright font shape.
13176 It's also the default shape.
13179 \begin_layout Labeling
13180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13194 s the Italic font shape
13200 \begin_layout Labeling
13201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13208 This is the Slanted font shape
13210 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13213 \begin_layout Labeling
13214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13218 \begin_inset space ~
13225 This is the Small caps font shape
13232 \begin_layout Labeling
13233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13238 Alters the size of the font.
13239 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13240 proportional to the document font size.
13241 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13242 what you want to do.
13247 \begin_layout Labeling
13248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13269 arg "font-size tiny"
13275 \begin_layout Labeling
13276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13303 \begin_layout Labeling
13304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13325 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13331 \begin_layout Labeling
13332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 arg "font-size small"
13359 \begin_layout Labeling
13360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13374 It's also the default size.
13378 arg "font-size normal"
13384 \begin_layout Labeling
13385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 arg "font-size large"
13412 \begin_layout Labeling
13413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 arg "font-size larger"
13440 \begin_layout Labeling
13441 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 arg "font-size largest"
13468 \begin_layout Labeling
13469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 arg "font-size huge"
13496 \begin_layout Labeling
13497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13518 arg "font-size giant"
13524 \begin_layout Labeling
13525 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13530 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13550 arg "font-size increase"
13556 \begin_layout Labeling
13557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13562 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13582 arg "font-size decrease"
13589 \begin_layout Standard
13594 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13595 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13596 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13597 — use those instead.
13598 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13601 \begin_layout Labeling
13602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13607 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13612 \begin_layout Labeling
13613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13620 This is text with emphasize on
13623 This might seem like the same as
13627 , but it is actually a bit different.
13633 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13635 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13638 \begin_layout Labeling
13639 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13646 This is text with Underbar on.
13652 arg "font-underline"
13658 \begin_inset Newline newline
13663 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13664 when you could not change fonts.
13665 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13666 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13670 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13673 \begin_layout Labeling
13674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13678 \begin_inset space ~
13685 This is text with Double underbar on.
13691 arg "font-underunderline"
13695 \begin_inset Newline newline
13698 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13699 about double underbar.
13702 \begin_layout Labeling
13703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13714 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13720 arg "font-underwave"
13724 \begin_inset Newline newline
13727 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13728 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13731 \begin_layout Labeling
13732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13739 This is text with Strikeout on.
13745 arg "font-strikeout"
13749 \begin_inset Newline newline
13752 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13753 changed in the meantime.
13756 \begin_layout Labeling
13757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13764 This is text with Noun on.
13771 , this is a logical attribute.
13772 Normally it's equivalent to
13775 \begin_inset space ~
13784 \begin_layout Labeling
13785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13790 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13791 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13795 \begin_inset space ~
13800 , which is the default
13801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13808 and means normally black, you can choose between
13841 \begin_inset Index idx
13844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13859 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13860 the language of the document.
13861 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13863 \begin_inset Newline newline
13866 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13867 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13868 When using the spell checking (see section
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13875 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13879 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13883 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13884 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13888 \begin_inset space ~
13893 dialog, the settings are saved.
13894 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13897 arg "textstyle-apply"
13901 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13905 \begin_layout Standard
13906 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13913 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13914 (suppose you just set the shape to
13915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13946 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13966 \begin_layout Itemize
13972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13979 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13997 \begin_inset Newline newline
14001 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14015 \begin_inset Note Note
14018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14019 For more on phantoms see section
14020 \begin_inset space ~
14024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14026 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14036 \begin_inset Newline newline
14042 \begin_layout Itemize
14047 fonts use characters with serifs.
14048 These are the small
14049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14056 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14057 The following example will show the difference:
14058 \begin_inset Newline newline
14062 \begin_inset Newline newline
14067 text without serifs
14070 \begin_inset Newline newline
14073 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14074 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14081 \begin_layout Itemize
14087 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14088 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14100 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14101 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14103 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14104 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14105 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14123 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14131 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14140 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14175 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14184 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14187 \begin_layout Standard
14188 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14189 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14192 \begin_layout Section
14193 Printing and Previewing
14196 \begin_layout Subsection
14200 \begin_layout Standard
14201 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14202 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14203 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14204 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14205 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14207 Additional Features
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14214 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14215 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14216 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14217 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14218 This happens in two stages:
14221 \begin_layout Enumerate
14222 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14223 generating a file with the extension,
14224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14238 \begin_layout Enumerate
14239 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14243 file to produce printable output.
14247 \begin_layout Subsection
14248 Output file formats
14249 \begin_inset Index idx
14252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14261 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14269 Simple text (ASCII)
14270 \begin_inset Index idx
14273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14274 File formats ! ASCII
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14283 This file type has the extension
14284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14300 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14307 \begin_layout Standard
14308 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14311 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14313 \begin_inset space ~
14320 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14321 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14323 \begin_inset space ~
14327 \begin_inset space ~
14333 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14337 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14339 \begin_inset Index idx
14342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14343 File formats ! LaTeX
14351 \begin_layout Standard
14352 This file type has the extension
14353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14364 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14366 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14367 it manually with console commands.
14368 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14369 you view or export your document.
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14375 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14376 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14391 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14392 \begin_inset space ~
14396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14398 reference "sub:Export"
14405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14407 \begin_inset Index idx
14410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14419 \begin_layout Standard
14420 This file type has the extension
14421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14441 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14442 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14443 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14447 \begin_layout Standard
14448 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14449 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14450 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14451 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14453 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14459 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14460 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14465 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14466 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14468 \begin_inset space ~
14475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14485 The latter option uses the program
14494 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14495 font access (see section
14496 \begin_inset space ~
14500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14502 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14507 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14508 standard TeX processor.
14511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14513 \begin_inset Index idx
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14517 File formats ! PostScript
14525 \begin_layout Standard
14526 This file type has the extension
14527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14539 PostScript was developed by the company
14543 as a printer language.
14544 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14546 PostScript can be seen as a
14547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14550 programming language
14551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14554 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14559 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14565 \begin_inset Index idx
14568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14569 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14579 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14583 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 Encapsulated PostScript
14588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14591 (EPS, file extension
14592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14604 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14605 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14611 \begin_inset space \space{}
14615 \begin_inset space ~
14618 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14619 \begin_inset space ~
14622 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14623 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14624 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14625 EPS to avoid this problem.
14628 \begin_layout Standard
14629 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14631 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14632 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14640 \begin_inset Index idx
14643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14650 \begin_inset Index idx
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 This file type has the extension
14664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14680 Portable Document Format
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14688 was derived from PostScript.
14689 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14699 looks exactly the same.
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14707 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14711 (JPG, file extension
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14739 Portable Network Graphics
14740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14743 (PNG, file extension
14744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14756 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14757 background to one of these formats.
14758 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14759 will slow down your workflow.
14760 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14763 \begin_layout Standard
14764 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14766 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14772 \begin_layout Description
14774 \begin_inset space ~
14777 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14781 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14782 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14786 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14787 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14790 \begin_layout Description
14792 \begin_inset space ~
14795 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14799 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14803 \begin_layout Description
14805 \begin_inset space ~
14808 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14812 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14815 \begin_layout Description
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14831 X) This uses the program
14835 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14840 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14841 font access (see section
14842 \begin_inset space ~
14846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14848 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14853 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14854 y written Japanese.
14857 \begin_layout Description
14859 \begin_inset space ~
14866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 X) This uses the program
14877 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14882 is an even newer engine, derived from
14886 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14887 access (see section
14888 \begin_inset space ~
14892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14894 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14899 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14900 standard TeX processor.
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14907 \begin_inset space ~
14916 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14917 works without problems.
14918 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14919 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14923 \begin_inset space ~
14930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14942 \begin_inset space ~
14949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14958 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14968 \begin_inset Index idx
14971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14972 FileFormats ! XHTML
14978 \begin_inset Index idx
14981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 This file type has the extension
14992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15004 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15005 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them,
15006 and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in
15007 formats suitable for the purpose.
15008 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15011 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15014 between different formats, which are described in section
15016 Math Output in XHTML
15021 \begin_inset space ~
15029 \begin_layout Standard
15030 XHTML output remains
15031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15038 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15041 LyX and the World Wide Web
15045 Additional Features
15047 manual, for more information.
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15053 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15054 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15060 \begin_layout Subsection
15062 \begin_inset Index idx
15065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15075 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15076 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15085 or the toolbar button
15092 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15093 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15100 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15104 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15112 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15117 Further output formats can be selected via
15119 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15122 or the toolbar button
15123 \begin_inset Graphics
15124 filename ../images/view-others.png
15126 groupId toolbarbuttons
15133 \begin_layout Standard
15134 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15135 viewer window using the menu
15137 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15142 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15143 Update (Other Formats)
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15149 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15151 To have a real output, export your document.
15154 \begin_layout Subsection
15155 Printing the File from within LyX
15156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15158 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15165 \begin_layout Standard
15166 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15167 it directly from within LyX.
15168 To print a file, select the menu
15170 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15173 or click on the toolbar button
15176 arg "dialog-show print"
15180 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15181 This file is then processed by the program
15185 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15190 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15194 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15195 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15196 printing one set to print on the other side.
15197 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15198 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15199 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15203 You can set the parameters in the
15206 \begin_inset space ~
15214 \begin_layout Labeling
15215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15220 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15225 Note that this printer name is for the program
15234 has to be configured for this printer name.
15235 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15236 \begin_inset space ~
15240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15242 reference "sub:Printer"
15251 The printer should understand PostScript.
15254 \begin_layout Labeling
15255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15260 The name of a file to print to.
15261 The output will be a PostScript file.
15262 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15266 \begin_layout Section
15267 A few Words about Typography
15268 \begin_inset Index idx
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15280 \begin_layout Subsection
15281 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15282 \begin_inset Index idx
15285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15292 \begin_inset Index idx
15295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15304 \begin_layout Standard
15306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15317 character comes in four lengths: the
15329 , and the minus sign:
15330 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15336 \begin_layout Standard
15337 \begin_inset Tabular
15338 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15339 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15340 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15341 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15342 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15343 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15412 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15439 \begin_inset space ~
15442 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15449 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15476 \begin_inset space ~
15479 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15500 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15534 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15540 \begin_layout Standard
15541 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15553 character multiple times in a row.
15554 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15555 the final output, but not in LyX.
15557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 \begin_layout Standard
15588 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15589 math mode and has a length of its own.
15590 Here are some examples:
15593 \begin_layout Enumerate
15594 line- and page-breaks
15595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15605 \begin_layout Enumerate
15607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15617 \begin_layout Enumerate
15618 Oh — there's a dash.
15619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15629 \begin_layout Enumerate
15630 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15644 \begin_layout Subsection
15646 \begin_inset Index idx
15649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15658 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15666 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15667 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15672 \begin_inset Index idx
15675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15681 following the rules of the document language.
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15685 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15690 font and with unusual constructs, like
15691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15699 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15701 This is done with the menu
15703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15704 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15706 \begin_inset space ~
15712 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15713 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15716 \begin_layout Standard
15717 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15718 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15728 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15736 as a hyphenation possibility.
15737 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15738 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15739 as described in section
15740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15743 Prevent Hyphenation
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15750 \begin_inset space ~
15758 \begin_layout Subsection
15760 \begin_inset Index idx
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15773 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15776 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15783 \begin_layout Standard
15784 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15785 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15786 LaTeX then adds the
15787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15790 appropriate amount of space
15791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15795 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15797 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15798 gets after another word.
15801 \begin_layout Standard
15802 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15803 not work in all cases.
15805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15816 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15817 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15821 Here are some examples of
15825 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15828 \begin_layout Itemize
15833 \begin_layout Itemize
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15839 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15842 \begin_layout Itemize
15844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15848 this is too much space!
15851 \begin_layout Itemize
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15857 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15861 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15864 \begin_layout Enumerate
15868 \begin_inset space ~
15873 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15874 \begin_inset space ~
15878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15880 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15885 \begin_inset Index idx
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 Spaces ! inter-word
15897 \begin_layout Enumerate
15901 \begin_inset space ~
15906 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15907 \begin_inset space ~
15911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15913 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15918 \begin_inset Index idx
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15930 \begin_layout Enumerate
15934 \begin_inset space ~
15938 \begin_inset space ~
15942 \begin_inset space ~
15949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15951 \begin_inset space ~
15956 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15957 This function is also bound to
15960 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15967 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15970 \begin_layout Itemize
15972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15976 \begin_inset space \space{}
15979 this is too much space!
15982 \begin_layout Itemize
15983 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15987 \begin_layout Standard
15988 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15989 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15990 will take care of this.
15993 \begin_layout Standard
15994 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15998 \begin_inset space ~
16003 feature described in section
16009 Additional Features
16014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16016 \begin_inset Index idx
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 Typography ! Quotes
16026 \begin_inset Index idx
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 \begin_layout Standard
16061 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16062 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16063 and use a closing quote at the end.
16065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16073 The keyboard character,
16077 , generates this automatically.
16080 \begin_layout Standard
16081 You can specify what character the
16085 key produces using the submenu
16091 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16095 \begin_inset Index idx
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16099 Document ! Settings
16109 There are six choices:
16112 \begin_layout Labeling
16113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16125 Use quotes like this
16126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16136 \begin_layout Labeling
16137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16140 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16144 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16150 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16154 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16160 \begin_layout Labeling
16161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16164 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16168 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16174 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16178 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16184 \begin_layout Labeling
16185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16188 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16192 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16198 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16202 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16208 \begin_layout Labeling
16209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16212 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16216 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16222 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16226 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16232 \begin_layout Labeling
16233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16236 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16240 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16246 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16250 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16256 \begin_layout Subsection
16258 \begin_inset Index idx
16261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16262 Typography ! Ligatures
16268 \begin_inset Index idx
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16302 name "sub:Ligatures"
16309 \begin_layout Standard
16310 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16311 print them as single characters.
16312 These groups are known as
16317 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16319 Here are the standard ligatures:
16322 \begin_layout Itemize
16326 \begin_layout Itemize
16330 \begin_layout Itemize
16334 \begin_layout Itemize
16338 \begin_layout Itemize
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16343 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16346 \begin_layout Standard
16347 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16348 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16356 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16372 To break a ligature, use
16374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16377 \begin_inset space ~
16384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16395 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16412 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16420 \begin_layout Subsection
16422 \begin_inset Index idx
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16434 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16441 \begin_layout Standard
16442 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16443 characters in different sizes and heights.
16444 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16445 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16465 \begin_inset Note Note
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16469 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16477 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16478 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16483 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16487 \begin_layout Description
16488 LyX The name of the game, write
16489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16510 \begin_layout Description
16511 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16533 \begin_layout Description
16534 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16556 \begin_layout Description
16557 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16580 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16585 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16593 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16594 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16595 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16598 : The actual version is
16599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16606 , the previous one was
16607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16617 \begin_layout Standard
16618 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16623 \begin_inset space \space{}
16626 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16628 This will look in LyX like:
16629 \begin_inset Graphics
16630 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16636 \begin_inset Newline newline
16639 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16646 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16653 \begin_layout Subsection
16655 \begin_inset Index idx
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 \begin_layout Standard
16668 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16669 space between two words.
16670 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16680 for units use the menu
16682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16683 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16685 \begin_inset space ~
16693 arg "space-insert thin"
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16700 Here is an example to show the differences:
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16704 \begin_inset Tabular
16705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16706 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16707 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16708 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16715 \begin_inset space ~
16719 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 space between number and unit
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16747 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 half space between number and unit
16772 \begin_layout Subsection
16774 \begin_inset Index idx
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16787 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16789 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16790 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16791 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16792 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16793 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16794 These bits of text became known as
16805 \begin_layout Standard
16806 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16807 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16808 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16809 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16810 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16811 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16812 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16816 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16817 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16818 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16819 \begin_inset space ~
16823 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16825 key "latexcompanion"
16830 \begin_inset space ~
16834 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16840 ) may have more information.
16841 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16844 \begin_layout Chapter
16845 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16848 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16855 \begin_layout Standard
16856 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16859 \begin_inset space ~
16865 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16868 \begin_layout Section
16870 \begin_inset Index idx
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16889 \begin_layout Standard
16890 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16893 \begin_layout Description
16895 \begin_inset space ~
16898 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16899 \begin_inset Newline newline
16903 \begin_inset Note Note
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16907 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16915 \begin_layout Description
16916 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16917 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16919 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16920 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16922 \begin_inset space ~
16928 \begin_inset Newline newline
16932 \begin_inset Note Comment
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16944 \begin_layout Description
16946 \begin_inset space ~
16949 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16950 set in the document settings under
16952 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16954 \begin_inset space ~
16960 \begin_inset Newline newline
16964 \begin_inset Newline newline
16968 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16978 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16983 of a comment that appears in the output.
16989 \begin_inset Newline newline
16993 \begin_inset Newline newline
16996 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16997 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17001 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17013 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17016 \begin_layout Section
17018 \begin_inset Index idx
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17030 name "sec:Footnotes"
17037 \begin_layout Standard
17038 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17044 or the toolbar button
17047 arg "footnote-insert"
17059 \begin_inset Graphics
17060 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17069 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17098 label, the box will
17102 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17103 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17116 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17117 and click on the footnote
17132 \begin_layout Standard
17133 Here is an example footnote:
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17150 \begin_layout Standard
17151 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17152 position where the footnote box is placed.
17153 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17154 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17155 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17157 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17158 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17163 ey are described in the
17166 \begin_inset space ~
17174 \begin_layout Section
17176 \begin_inset Index idx
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17188 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17195 \begin_layout Standard
17196 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17197 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17201 \begin_inset space ~
17206 or the toolbar button
17209 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17235 appearing within your text.
17236 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17246 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17250 \begin_inset Marginal
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 This is a marginal note.
17262 \begin_layout Standard
17263 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17264 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17265 pages, right on odd pages.
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17269 For further information about marginal notes see section
17272 \begin_inset space ~
17280 \begin_inset space ~
17288 \begin_layout Section
17289 Graphics and Images
17290 \begin_inset Index idx
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17300 \begin_inset Index idx
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17312 name "sec:Graphics"
17319 \begin_layout Standard
17320 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17321 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17324 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17333 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17336 \begin_layout Standard
17337 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17342 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17343 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17345 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17346 \begin_inset space ~
17350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17352 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17359 \begin_layout Standard
17364 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17365 of the image in the output.
17366 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17370 \begin_inset space ~
17374 \begin_inset space ~
17383 \begin_inset space ~
17387 \begin_inset space ~
17391 \begin_inset space ~
17396 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17397 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17405 \begin_layout Standard
17408 LaTeX and LyX options
17410 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17411 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17415 \begin_inset space ~
17420 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17421 with the image size is printed.
17425 \begin_inset space ~
17429 \begin_inset space ~
17433 \begin_inset space ~
17438 is explained in the
17441 \begin_inset space ~
17453 \begin_layout Standard
17454 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17455 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17457 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17461 \begin_layout Standard
17463 \begin_inset Graphics
17464 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17472 \begin_layout Standard
17473 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17474 the image into a float, see section
17475 \begin_inset space ~
17479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17481 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17488 \begin_layout Subsection
17490 \begin_inset Index idx
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17502 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17509 \begin_layout Standard
17510 You can insert images in any known file format.
17511 But as we explained in section
17512 \begin_inset space ~
17516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17518 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17522 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17523 LyX therefore uses the program
17527 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17528 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17529 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17530 \begin_inset space ~
17534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17536 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17543 \begin_layout Standard
17544 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17547 \begin_layout Description
17549 \begin_inset space ~
17552 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17553 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17554 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17558 Graphics Interchange Format
17559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17562 (GIF, file extension
17563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17575 \begin_inset Index idx
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17610 Portable Network Graphics
17611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17614 (PNG, file extension
17615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17627 \begin_inset Index idx
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17662 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17666 (JPG, file extension
17667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17691 \begin_inset Index idx
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17725 \begin_layout Description
17727 \begin_inset space ~
17730 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17732 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17733 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17734 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17735 \begin_inset Newline newline
17738 Scalable image formats can be
17739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17742 Scalable Vector Graphics
17743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17746 (SVG, file extension
17747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17759 \begin_inset Index idx
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17794 Encapsulated PostScript
17795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17798 (EPS, file extension
17799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17811 \begin_inset Index idx
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17846 Portable Document Format
17847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17850 (PDF, file extension
17851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17863 \begin_inset Index idx
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17881 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17882 result will not be scalable.
17883 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17897 \begin_layout Standard
17898 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17902 \begin_layout Subsection
17903 Grouping of Image Settings
17904 \begin_inset Index idx
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 Images ! Settings grouping
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17917 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17919 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17920 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17922 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17923 need to manually change each of them.
17927 \begin_layout Standard
17928 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17931 \begin_inset space ~
17936 field in the Graphics dialog.
17937 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17938 by checking the name of the desired group.
17941 \begin_layout Section
17943 \begin_inset Index idx
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17962 \begin_layout Standard
17963 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17966 arg "tabular-insert"
17971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17975 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17976 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17977 from the rest of the table.
17978 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17979 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17981 Here is an example table:
17984 \begin_layout Standard
17986 \begin_inset Tabular
17987 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17988 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 \begin_layout Subsection
18196 \begin_layout Standard
18197 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18198 brings up the table dialog.
18199 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18200 where the cursor is placed currently.
18201 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18202 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18203 done on all of your selection.
18206 \begin_layout Standard
18207 In addition to the table dialog, the
18210 \begin_inset space ~
18215 helps you in setting table properties.
18216 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18219 \begin_layout Standard
18223 \begin_inset space ~
18228 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18229 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18230 current cell respectively.
18231 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18233 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18234 of text, see section
18235 \begin_inset space ~
18239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18241 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18248 \begin_layout Standard
18249 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18250 using the check box
18259 This will merge the cells to
18263 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18264 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18265 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18266 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18267 in the last row without the upper border:
18270 \begin_layout Standard
18272 \begin_inset Tabular
18273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18274 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18276 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 \begin_layout Standard
18410 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18411 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18412 explained in the tables section of the
18415 \begin_inset space ~
18421 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18425 degrees counterclockwise.
18426 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18429 \begin_layout Standard
18430 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 Most DVI-viewers are
18442 able to display rotations.
18450 \begin_layout Standard
18455 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18460 adds lines for all cell borders.
18463 \begin_layout Subsection
18465 \begin_inset Index idx
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 Tables ! Longtables
18475 \begin_inset Index idx
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18487 \begin_layout Standard
18488 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18491 \begin_inset space ~
18495 \begin_inset space ~
18504 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18505 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18508 \begin_layout Description
18513 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18514 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18515 except for the first page, if
18518 \begin_inset space ~
18526 \begin_layout Description
18530 \begin_inset space ~
18535 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18536 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18539 \begin_layout Description
18544 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18545 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18546 except for the last page, if
18549 \begin_inset space ~
18557 \begin_layout Description
18561 \begin_inset space ~
18566 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18567 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18570 \begin_layout Description
18571 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18572 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18578 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18581 \begin_inset space ~
18589 \begin_layout Standard
18590 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18591 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18592 that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18593 The others will then be defined as
18598 In this context, first means first in this order:
18601 \begin_inset space ~
18613 \begin_inset space ~
18619 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18622 \begin_layout Standard
18624 \begin_inset Tabular
18625 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18626 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18627 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18628 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18629 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18630 <row endfirsthead="true">
18631 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18642 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <row endfirsthead="true">
18662 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18673 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <row endhead="true">
18695 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <row endhead="true">
18726 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <row endfoot="true">
18759 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19811 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19935 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20059 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20121 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20152 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20245 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20307 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20338 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20369 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20400 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20555 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20740 <row endlastfoot="true">
20741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20778 \begin_layout Subsection
20780 \begin_inset Index idx
20783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20792 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20799 \begin_layout Standard
20800 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20801 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20802 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20803 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20807 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20808 for the cell's paragraph.
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20812 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20813 for the column in the table dialog.
20814 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20815 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20821 \begin_inset Tabular
20822 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20823 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20825 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20915 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 This is longer now.
20976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21028 This is longer now.
21033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21061 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21066 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21067 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21073 Selection with the mouse or with
21077 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21078 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21079 the selection from outside the table.
21082 \begin_layout Section
21084 \begin_inset Index idx
21087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21103 \begin_layout Subsection
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21109 have a fixed location.
21111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21118 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21126 \begin_inset space ~
21131 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21132 too many notes on the page.
21135 \begin_layout Standard
21136 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21137 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21138 and pages without text.
21139 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21140 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21141 Floats are therefore numbered.
21142 Referencing is described in section
21143 \begin_inset space ~
21147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21149 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21156 \begin_layout Standard
21157 To insert a float, use the menu
21159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21163 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21164 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21166 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21167 \begin_inset Index idx
21170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21176 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21177 paragraph within the float.
21178 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21179 by left-clicking on the box label.
21180 A closed float box looks like this:
21181 \begin_inset Graphics
21182 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21187 – a gray button with a red label.
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21192 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21195 \begin_layout Subsection
21199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21203 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21208 \begin_inset Index idx
21211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21212 Floats ! Figure floats
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21222 \begin_inset space ~
21226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21228 reference "cap:Platypus"
21232 was created using the menu
21234 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21235 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21238 or the toolbar button
21241 arg "float-insert figure"
21245 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21251 or the toolbar button
21254 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21258 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21259 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21261 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21263 \begin_inset space ~
21268 or the toolbar button
21271 arg "layout-paragraph"
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21278 \begin_inset Float figure
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21285 \begin_inset Graphics
21286 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_inset Caption
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21301 name "cap:Platypus"
21305 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21318 \begin_layout Standard
21319 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21321 As described in section
21322 \begin_inset space ~
21326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21328 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21332 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21337 or the toolbar button
21343 and refer to it using the menu
21345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21348 or the toolbar button
21351 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21355 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21364 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21377 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21378 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21379 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21380 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21381 as described in section
21382 \begin_inset space ~
21386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21388 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21394 \begin_inset space ~
21398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21400 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21404 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21405 You can also set the images one below the other.
21407 \begin_inset space ~
21411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21413 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21420 reference "fig:Platypus"
21424 are the subfigures.
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428 \begin_inset Float figure
21433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21434 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21438 \begin_inset Float figure
21443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 \begin_inset Caption
21446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21449 name "fig:Undefinable"
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_inset Graphics
21463 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21474 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21478 \begin_inset Float figure
21483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21484 \begin_inset Caption
21486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21489 name "fig:Platypus"
21501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 \begin_inset Graphics
21503 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21515 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 \begin_inset Caption
21524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21527 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21531 Two distorted images.
21544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21546 \begin_inset Index idx
21549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 Floats ! Table floats
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21559 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21562 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21565 or the toolbar button
21568 arg "float-insert table"
21572 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21575 \begin_inset space ~
21579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21581 reference "tab:Table-float"
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 \begin_inset Float table
21594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21595 \begin_inset Caption
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21600 name "tab:Table-float"
21612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 \begin_inset Tabular
21615 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21616 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21746 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21770 \end{array}\right]$
21778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21812 \begin_layout Subsection
21814 \begin_inset Index idx
21817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21826 \begin_layout Standard
21827 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21828 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21829 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21831 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21839 \begin_inset space ~
21847 \begin_layout Section
21849 \begin_inset Index idx
21852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21861 name "sec:Minipages"
21868 \begin_layout Standard
21869 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21871 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21872 \begin_inset space ~
21879 \begin_layout Standard
21880 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21886 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21887 and its alignment within the page.
21890 \begin_layout Standard
21892 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21902 height_special "totalheight"
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21908 This is a minipage.
21909 The text is set in an italic style.
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21916 another formatting.
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21925 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21928 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21932 as described in section
21933 \begin_inset space ~
21937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21939 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21944 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21950 \begin_layout Standard
21951 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21961 height_special "totalheight"
21964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21966 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21972 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21976 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21986 height_special "totalheight"
21989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21991 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21999 \begin_layout Standard
22000 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22008 to other box types.
22009 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22016 \begin_inset space ~
22024 \begin_layout Chapter
22025 Mathematical Formulas
22026 \begin_inset Index idx
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22036 \begin_inset Index idx
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22070 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22083 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22086 \begin_layout Section
22088 \begin_inset Index idx
22091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22101 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22108 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22110 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22111 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22112 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22120 \begin_layout Standard
22121 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22125 \begin_inset space ~
22130 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22133 \begin_layout Standard
22134 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22135 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22138 \begin_layout Standard
22139 This is a line with an inline formula
22140 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22146 \begin_layout Standard
22147 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22148 paragraph, like this one:
22149 \begin_inset Formula
22156 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22159 \begin_layout Standard
22160 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22166 \begin_inset space \space{}
22170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22183 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22184 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22188 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22191 \begin_inset space ~
22199 \begin_layout Subsection
22200 Navigating in Formulas
22201 \begin_inset Index idx
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22213 \begin_layout Standard
22214 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22215 achieved with the arrow keys.
22216 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22217 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22222 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22223 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22227 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22231 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22234 \end{array}\right]$
22242 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22247 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22248 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22256 , printed in this document as
22257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22278 \begin_inset Note Note
22281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22282 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22283 the space character (visible space).
22288 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22289 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22290 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22295 For example, if you want
22296 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 , since in the latter case only the
22353 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22358 will be under the square root sign:
22359 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22365 \begin_layout Standard
22366 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22368 \begin_inset Formula
22370 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22379 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22380 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22383 \begin_layout Subsection
22387 \begin_layout Standard
22388 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22389 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22393 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22394 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22395 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22396 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22397 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22400 \begin_layout Subsection
22401 Exponents and Subscripts
22402 \begin_inset Index idx
22405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22412 \begin_inset Index idx
22415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22424 \begin_layout Standard
22425 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22428 arg "math-superscript"
22434 arg "math-subscript"
22437 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22439 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22442 , type in a formula
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22470 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22474 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22495 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22504 , you have to use an extra
22508 to separate the hat and the character.
22510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22514 \begin_inset space \space{}
22518 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22539 Subscripts are similar: To get
22540 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 \begin_layout Subsection
22565 \begin_inset Index idx
22568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 Create a fraction with either the command
22587 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22593 \begin_inset space ~
22599 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22600 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22601 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22606 To move back up, press
22611 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22612 \begin_inset Formula
22614 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22617 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22625 \begin_layout Subsection
22627 \begin_inset Index idx
22630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 Roots can be created using the
22643 \begin_inset space ~
22651 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22657 arg "math-insert \\root"
22679 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22685 produces always a square root.
22688 \begin_layout Subsection
22689 Operators with Limits
22690 \begin_inset Index idx
22693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22700 \begin_inset Index idx
22703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22712 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22721 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22725 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22728 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22729 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22730 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22731 The sum operator will automatically place its
22732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22739 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22742 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22746 \begin_inset Formula
22748 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22753 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22757 \begin_layout Standard
22758 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22760 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22761 behind the operator and hitting
22769 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22770 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22772 \begin_inset space ~
22776 \begin_inset space ~
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22793 feature as addition, such as
22794 \begin_inset Index idx
22797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 \begin_inset Formula
22806 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22811 which will place the
22812 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22824 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22825 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22831 \begin_layout Standard
22832 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22839 Have a look at section
22840 \begin_inset space ~
22844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22846 reference "sub:Functions"
22850 for an explanation of function macros.
22853 \begin_layout Subsection
22855 \begin_inset Index idx
22858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22867 \begin_layout Standard
22868 Most math symbols can be found in the
22871 \begin_inset space ~
22876 under one of several categories; including
22893 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22898 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22899 you don't have to use the
22902 \begin_inset space ~
22907 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22908 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22911 \begin_layout Subsection
22913 \begin_inset Index idx
22916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22925 \begin_layout Standard
22926 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22931 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22937 \begin_inset space ~
22947 arg "math-insert \\space"
22953 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22954 For example, the sequence
22959 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22963 \begin_inset Graphics
22964 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22969 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22970 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22971 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22972 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22974 Here are two examples:
22977 \begin_layout Standard
22987 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22993 \begin_layout Standard
23003 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23009 \begin_layout Subsection
23011 \begin_inset Index idx
23014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23023 name "sub:Functions"
23030 \begin_layout Standard
23034 \begin_inset space ~
23039 contains under the button
23044 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23049 a number of function macros, such as
23050 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23054 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23062 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23069 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23070 avoid confusions, because
23071 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23075 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23081 \begin_layout Standard
23082 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23084 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23088 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23094 \begin_layout Standard
23095 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23096 s are placed, as described in section
23097 \begin_inset space ~
23101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23103 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23110 \begin_layout Subsection
23112 \begin_inset Index idx
23115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23124 \begin_layout Standard
23125 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23127 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23128 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23133 \begin_inset space \space{}
23137 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23140 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23141 Our example is entered by typing
23149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23162 \begin_inset space ~
23166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23168 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23172 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23175 \begin_layout Standard
23176 \begin_inset Float table
23181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 \begin_inset Caption
23184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23187 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23191 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23201 \begin_inset Tabular
23202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23203 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23290 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23344 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23398 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23506 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23614 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23668 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23722 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23767 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23789 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23792 \begin_inset space ~
23800 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23803 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23807 \begin_layout Section
23808 Brackets and Delimiters
23809 \begin_inset Index idx
23812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23819 \begin_inset Index idx
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23831 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23838 \begin_layout Standard
23839 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23840 For some purposes, using just the keys
23845 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23846 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23847 toolbar delimiter icon
23850 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23854 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23855 \begin_inset Formula
23857 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23865 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23866 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23870 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23873 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23879 \begin_inset Formula
23881 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23889 \begin_layout Standard
23890 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23891 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23895 \begin_layout Standard
23896 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23897 left side and right side.
23898 If you use the option
23901 \begin_inset space ~
23906 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23907 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23908 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23909 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23912 \begin_layout Standard
23913 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23914 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23915 go inside the brackets.
23916 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23921 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23922 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23923 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23924 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23925 the structure and enter
23928 arg "math-delim ( )"
23934 \begin_layout Section
23935 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23936 \begin_inset Index idx
23939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23946 \begin_inset Index idx
23949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23968 \begin_layout Standard
23969 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23972 \begin_inset space ~
23982 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23988 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23989 Here is an example:
23990 \begin_inset Formula
23992 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24001 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24002 \begin_inset space ~
24006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24008 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24013 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24014 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24015 This alignment is set in the box
24020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24068 for every column as default.
24069 For example, the sequence
24070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24081 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24082 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24083 corresponds to the relevant column.
24084 The result will look like this:
24085 \begin_inset Formula
24088 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24089 column & has & has\, right\\
24090 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24099 \begin_layout Standard
24100 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24103 arg "newline-insert newline"
24106 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24107 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24109 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24112 or the math toolbar.
24115 \begin_layout Standard
24116 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24117 It can be created with the menu
24119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24120 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24122 \begin_inset space ~
24134 Here is an example:
24135 \begin_inset Formula
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24153 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24156 arg "newline-insert newline"
24160 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24165 arg "newline-insert newline"
24168 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24176 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24177 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24178 A new row is created by every further hit of
24181 arg "newline-insert newline"
24185 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24186 Here is an example:
24187 \begin_inset Formula
24189 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24190 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24195 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24196 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24197 \begin_inset Formula
24199 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24207 \begin_layout Standard
24208 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24215 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24216 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24219 reference "eq:asquared"
24224 The other types are described in section
24225 \begin_inset space ~
24229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24231 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24238 \begin_layout Section
24239 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24240 \begin_inset Index idx
24243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24244 Math ! Formula numbering
24250 \begin_inset Index idx
24253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24254 Math ! Referencing formulas
24260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24262 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24269 \begin_layout Standard
24270 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24272 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24273 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24275 \begin_inset space ~
24283 arg "math-number-toggle"
24287 The formula number appears in LyX as
24288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24295 within parentheses.
24297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24304 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24306 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24307 the document class.
24308 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24309 separated by a dot:
24310 \begin_inset Formula
24320 arg "math-number-toggle"
24323 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24324 You can only number displayed formulas.
24327 \begin_layout Standard
24328 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24330 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24331 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24333 \begin_inset space ~
24337 \begin_inset space ~
24341 \begin_inset space ~
24349 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24352 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24353 \begin_inset Formula
24356 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24362 To number all lines use the shortcut
24365 arg "math-number-toggle"
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24375 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24376 A label is inserted with the menu
24378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24381 when the cursor is in the formula.
24382 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24383 It is recommended to use the proposed
24384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24395 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24396 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24397 We inserted in the following example the label
24398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24405 in the second line:
24406 \begin_inset Formula
24408 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24409 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24414 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24415 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24425 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24429 \begin_inset space ~
24435 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24436 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24437 as the formula number:
24440 \begin_layout Standard
24441 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24444 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24451 \begin_layout Standard
24452 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24453 \begin_inset space ~
24457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24459 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24464 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24472 \begin_layout Section
24473 User defined math macros
24474 \begin_inset Index idx
24477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24488 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24489 Math macros are explained in section
24492 \begin_inset space ~
24504 \begin_layout Section
24508 \begin_layout Subsection
24510 \begin_inset Index idx
24513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24524 To set a font in a formula, use the
24527 \begin_inset space ~
24537 arg "math-insert \\font"
24542 , or enter its command, listed in table
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24549 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24557 \begin_inset Float table
24562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24563 \begin_inset Caption
24565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24568 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24572 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24582 \begin_inset Tabular
24583 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24584 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24618 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24645 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24672 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24705 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24732 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24759 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24793 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24820 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24863 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24881 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24886 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24887 space when you need a space in the box.
24888 Here is an example where
24889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24900 denotes the set of numbers:
24901 \begin_inset Formula
24903 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24912 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24914 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24918 \begin_inset space \space{}
24930 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24934 \begin_inset Newline newline
24937 So it is better not to use this feature.
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24941 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24942 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24946 \begin_inset Newline newline
24949 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24955 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24956 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24969 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24973 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24975 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24976 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24986 \begin_layout Subsection
24988 \begin_inset Index idx
24991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25001 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25003 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25007 \begin_inset space ~
25011 \begin_inset space ~
25019 \begin_inset space ~
25029 arg "math-insert \\font"
25041 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25042 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25043 Here is an example:
25044 \begin_inset Formula
25047 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25048 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25057 \begin_layout Subsection
25059 \begin_inset Index idx
25062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25073 automatically chosen in most situations.
25091 For most characters,
25099 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25100 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25105 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25106 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25108 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25113 arg "math-insert \\style"
25119 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25120 For example, you can set
25121 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25124 , which is normally in
25133 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25137 The four styles are used in the following example:
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25141 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25145 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25149 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25153 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25160 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25161 is set in a particular size with the menu
25163 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25165 \begin_inset space ~
25170 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25171 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25172 will be adjusted to correspond.
25173 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25188 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25194 \begin_layout Section
25198 \begin_layout Standard
25199 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25200 the document classes and into layout modules.
25201 \begin_inset Index idx
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25210 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25211 other than the AMS classes.
25213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25215 reference "sub:Modules"
25219 for more on layout modules.
25222 \begin_layout Section
25224 \begin_inset Index idx
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25234 \begin_inset Index idx
25237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25247 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25248 (AMS) that are in common use.
25251 \begin_layout Subsection
25252 Enabling AMS-Support
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25256 Selecting the checkbox
25259 \begin_inset space ~
25263 \begin_inset space ~
25267 \begin_inset space ~
25274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25278 \begin_inset Index idx
25281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25282 Document ! Settings
25290 \begin_inset space ~
25295 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25296 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25297 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25300 \begin_layout Subsection
25302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25304 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25309 \begin_inset Index idx
25312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25321 \begin_layout Standard
25322 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25323 LyX allows you to choose between
25344 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25347 \begin_layout Chapter
25351 \begin_layout Section
25353 \begin_inset Index idx
25356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25365 name "sec:Cross-References"
25372 \begin_layout Standard
25373 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25374 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25376 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25377 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25378 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25381 \begin_layout Enumerate
25385 \begin_layout Enumerate
25386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25388 name "enu:Second-item"
25395 \begin_layout Enumerate
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25400 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25405 or by pressing the toolbar button
25412 A gray label box like this:
25413 \begin_inset Graphics
25414 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25419 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25420 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25455 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25460 \begin_inset space \space{}
25463 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25485 or the toolbar button
25488 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25492 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25493 \begin_inset Graphics
25494 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25499 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25501 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25514 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25524 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25529 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25530 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25546 \begin_inset space ~
25550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25552 reference "enu:Second-item"
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 It is recommended to use a protected space
25564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25565 described in section
25566 \begin_inset space ~
25570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25572 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25581 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25582 line breaks between them.
25585 \begin_layout Standard
25586 There are six formats of cross-references:
25589 \begin_layout Description
25590 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25593 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25600 \begin_layout Description
25601 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25602 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25614 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25621 \begin_layout Description
25622 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25623 \begin_inset space ~
25627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25628 LatexCommand pageref
25629 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25636 \begin_layout Description
25638 \begin_inset space ~
25642 \begin_inset space ~
25645 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25647 LatexCommand vpageref
25648 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25655 \begin_layout Description
25657 \begin_inset space ~
25661 \begin_inset space ~
25665 \begin_inset space ~
25668 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25671 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25678 \begin_layout Description
25680 \begin_inset space ~
25683 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25684 \begin_inset Newline newline
25688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25696 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25705 \begin_inset Index idx
25708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25709 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25715 \begin_inset Index idx
25718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25719 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25730 \begin_inset Newline newline
25733 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25736 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25741 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25749 is the default and preferred because
25753 supports only English documents.
25754 The format is specified by using the command
25766 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25767 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25780 ) can be done with this command
25781 \begin_inset Newline newline
25788 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25793 \begin_inset Newline newline
25796 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25798 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25800 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25807 \begin_layout Description
25809 \begin_inset space ~
25812 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25814 LatexCommand nameref
25815 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25827 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25834 \begin_inset space \space{}
25838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25852 <reference> on page <page>
25854 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25858 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25859 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25860 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25864 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25869 You can only use the style
25873 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25877 is always possible.
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25882 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25884 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25885 \begin_inset space ~
25889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25891 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25903 \begin_inset space ~
25907 \begin_inset space ~
25912 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25913 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25916 \begin_inset space ~
25921 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25922 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25925 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25931 \begin_layout Standard
25932 You can change labels at any time.
25933 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25934 do not need to think about this.
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25938 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25939 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25942 \begin_layout Standard
25943 References are described in detail in sec.
25944 \begin_inset space ~
25948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25958 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_layout Section
25967 Table of Contents and other Listings
25968 \begin_inset Index idx
25971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 \begin_inset Index idx
25981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25997 \begin_layout Subsection
25999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26001 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26009 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26012 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26014 \begin_inset space ~
26018 \begin_inset space ~
26024 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26025 If you click on it, the
26029 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26030 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26031 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26033 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26036 that is described in sec.
26037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26043 reference "sec:Navigating"
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26051 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26052 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26054 \begin_inset space ~
26058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26060 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26064 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26066 \begin_inset space ~
26070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26072 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26076 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26078 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26081 \begin_layout Subsection
26082 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26085 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26093 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26094 You can insert them via the
26096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26098 \begin_inset space ~
26102 \begin_inset space ~
26108 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26111 \begin_layout Section
26112 URLs and Hyperlinks
26113 \begin_inset Index idx
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26123 \begin_inset Index idx
26126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26135 \begin_layout Subsection
26137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26156 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26157 \begin_inset Flex URL
26160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26170 \begin_layout Standard
26171 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26177 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26182 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26190 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26198 \begin_layout Subsection
26200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26202 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26210 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26215 or with the toolbar button
26222 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26231 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26232 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26233 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26235 name "LyX's homepage"
26236 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26240 , an Email address like this:
26241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26243 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26244 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26249 , or a link to a file.
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26253 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26266 to the link target.
26269 \begin_layout Standard
26270 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26271 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26272 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26273 the text style dialog.
26274 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26278 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26280 name "LyX's homepage"
26281 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26293 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26295 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26296 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26300 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26302 \begin_inset Newline newline
26310 \begin_inset Newline newline
26317 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26320 \begin_layout Section
26322 \begin_inset Index idx
26325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26334 name "sec:Appendices"
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26342 Appendices are created with the menu
26344 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26346 \begin_inset space ~
26350 \begin_inset space ~
26356 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26357 as the appendix region.
26358 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26361 \begin_layout Standard
26362 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26363 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26364 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26365 and the subsection number.
26366 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26372 \begin_inset space ~
26376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26378 reference "cha:Credits"
26383 \begin_inset space ~
26387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26389 reference "sub:Export"
26396 \begin_layout Section
26398 \begin_inset Index idx
26401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26410 name "sec:Bibliography"
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26418 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26419 You can include a bibliography database,
26423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26424 Known under the name
26425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26437 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26438 manually, using the paragraph environment
26442 , which was described in section
26443 \begin_inset space ~
26447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26449 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26454 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26455 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26459 use a bibliography database.
26462 \begin_layout Subsection
26463 The Bibliography Environment
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26471 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26473 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26482 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26484 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26493 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26502 or the toolbar button
26505 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26509 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26510 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26511 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26512 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26517 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26518 entry with surrounding brackets.
26523 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26524 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26539 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26542 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26544 key "latexcompanion"
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26552 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26553 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26562 \begin_layout Subsection
26563 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26564 \begin_inset Index idx
26567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26568 Bibliography ! Databases
26574 \begin_inset Index idx
26577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26578 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26586 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26594 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26600 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26602 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26603 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26608 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26610 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26611 your working field in a database.
26612 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26613 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26614 list for that document.
26615 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26619 \begin_layout Standard
26620 The database is a text file with the file extension
26621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26632 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26633 The format is explained in
26634 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26640 and in LaTeX books (
26641 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26643 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26648 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26649 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26650 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26651 \begin_inset Flex URL
26654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26656 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26664 \begin_layout Standard
26665 To use a database, use the menu
26667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26672 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 \begin_inset space ~
26691 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26692 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26695 Add bibliography to TOC
26697 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26702 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26703 in the document or just the cited references.
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26707 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26719 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26720 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26721 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26723 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26729 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26730 \begin_inset Newline newline
26734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26736 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26754 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26755 either in the document settings under
26759 or in LyX's preferences under
26761 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26776 The following variants are possible:
26779 \begin_layout Description
26780 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26781 other bibliography packages (like e.
26782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26786 \begin_inset space ~
26793 ), only with the package
26797 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26801 \begin_layout Description
26802 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26803 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26804 with all bibliography packages, except of
26809 \begin_layout Description
26810 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26815 , works with all bibliography packages
26818 \begin_layout Standard
26819 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26821 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26836 \begin_layout Standard
26837 When you select the option
26839 Sectioned bibliography
26843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26846 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26847 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26849 Customizing Bibliographies
26857 Additional Features
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26863 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26864 the two methods of creating them.
26865 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26866 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26867 We used the style file
26871 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26874 \begin_layout Subsection
26875 Bibliography layout
26876 \begin_inset Index idx
26879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26880 Bibliography ! Layout
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26889 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26890 For this feature you need to enable the option
26896 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26900 \begin_inset Index idx
26903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26904 Document ! Settings
26914 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26915 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26916 in the previous section.
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26920 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26921 the citation reference window.
26922 Here is an example where the text
26923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26927 \begin_inset space ~
26931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26934 appears after the reference:
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26942 key "latexcompanion"
26949 \begin_layout Section
26951 \begin_inset Index idx
26954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26971 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26975 \begin_inset space ~
26980 or the toolbar button
26988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26999 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27000 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27001 by LyX as the index entry.
27004 \begin_layout Standard
27005 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27006 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27008 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27010 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27018 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27022 \begin_inset space ~
27026 \begin_inset space ~
27029 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27031 \begin_inset space ~
27037 A light blue box labeled
27038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27049 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27050 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27053 \begin_layout Subsection
27054 Grouping Index Entries
27055 \begin_inset Index idx
27058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27068 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27070 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27071 lists under the entry
27072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27080 First we create the entry
27081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27089 \begin_inset space ~
27093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27095 reference "sub:Lists"
27100 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27101 \begin_inset space ~
27105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27107 reference "sec:Itemize"
27111 , we insert the command
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27124 \begin_layout Standard
27130 \begin_layout Standard
27131 for the enumerated list in section
27132 \begin_inset space ~
27136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27138 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27145 \begin_layout Standard
27146 The exclamation mark
27147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27154 marks the grouping levels.
27155 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27156 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27157 If we don't have an index entry for
27158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27165 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27168 \begin_layout Subsection
27170 \begin_inset Index idx
27173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27174 Index ! Page ranges
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27185 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27191 \begin_inset space \space{}
27194 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27196 \begin_inset space ~
27200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27202 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27212 Paragraph environments|(
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 and another entry at the end of section
27217 \begin_inset space ~
27221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27223 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27233 Paragraph environments|)
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27261 respectively start and end the index range.
27262 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27263 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27264 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27265 An example is the index entry
27266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27269 Document ! Settings
27270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27276 \begin_layout Subsection
27278 \begin_inset Index idx
27281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27282 Index ! Cross referencing
27290 \begin_layout Standard
27291 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27292 We referred for example in the index entry
27293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27301 \begin_inset space ~
27305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27307 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27311 ) to the index entry
27312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27319 in the same section using the entry
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27325 GIF|see{Image formats}
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27330 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27331 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27334 \begin_layout Subsection
27336 \begin_inset Index idx
27339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27340 Index ! Entry order
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27349 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27350 follow the rules for the index order.
27351 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27356 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27358 \begin_inset space ~
27362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27364 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27373 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27374 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27399 \begin_inset Index idx
27402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27403 Dummy entries ! maïs
27409 \begin_inset Index idx
27412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27413 Dummy entries ! maître
27419 \begin_inset Index idx
27422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27423 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27428 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27429 order maïs, maison, maître.
27430 To achieve this, we use the command
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27436 previous entry@current entry
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 In our case we want to have
27441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27456 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27466 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27467 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27468 See the next subsection for an example.
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27472 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27479 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27484 to generate the index (see sec.
27485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27491 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27500 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27508 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27512 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27513 index commands start with
27514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27526 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27531 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27558 \begin_layout Subsection
27560 \begin_inset Index idx
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27564 Index ! Entry layout
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27574 \begin_inset Index idx
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27580 This is an italic dummy entry
27585 You can also format the page number using the character
27586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27593 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27594 We can write for example
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27600 italic page number:|textit
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 to get the page number in italic.
27605 \begin_inset Index idx
27608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27609 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27614 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27632 \begin_inset space ~
27638 Have a look at section
27639 \begin_inset space ~
27643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27645 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27649 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27653 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27661 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27665 to generate the index, see sec.
27666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27672 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27681 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27682 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27687 key "latexcompanion"
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27700 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27702 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27703 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27704 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27705 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27706 If so, put the following in the preamble
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 in the index entry.
27733 \begin_inset Index idx
27736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27737 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27742 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27743 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27744 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27754 \begin_inset space \space{}
27757 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27758 for all index entries.
27759 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27771 documentation for details,
27772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27774 key "makeindex,xindy"
27781 \begin_layout Subsection
27783 \begin_inset Index idx
27786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27795 name "sub:Index-Program"
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 If the index entry program
27807 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27811 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27821 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27822 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27823 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27824 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27834 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27835 dialog, see section
27836 \begin_inset space ~
27840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27842 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27847 The available options are listed and explained in
27848 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27850 key "makeindex,xindy"
27855 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27860 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27861 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27865 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27869 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27870 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27873 \begin_layout Subsection
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27879 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27887 next to the standard index.
27888 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27889 packages that add this feature.
27895 \begin_inset Index idx
27898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27899 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27904 package to generate multiple indexes.
27905 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27906 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27907 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27914 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27915 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27916 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27923 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27930 Use multiple Indexes
27931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27935 Note that the list of
27936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27943 below already contains the standard index.
27944 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27945 also appear as a heading) to the
27946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27953 input field and press the
27954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27962 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27963 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27964 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27968 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27974 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
27975 different indexes in the LyX work area.
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27979 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27984 \begin_inset space ~
27988 \begin_inset space ~
27997 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27998 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27999 are some additional features:
28002 \begin_layout Itemize
28003 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28004 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28007 \begin_layout Itemize
28008 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28009 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28018 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28023 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28024 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28025 to the non-subindexes.
28028 \begin_layout Section
28029 Nomenclature / Glossary
28030 \begin_inset Index idx
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 \begin_inset Index idx
28043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28074 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28083 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28093 \begin_inset Index idx
28096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28097 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28103 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28104 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28110 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28115 and then use the menu
28117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28123 \begin_inset space ~
28128 or the toolbar button
28131 arg "nomencl-insert"
28136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28147 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28152 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28153 The second is the description of the symbol.
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28165 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28173 \begin_layout Subsection
28174 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28175 \begin_inset Index idx
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28179 Nomenclature ! Layout
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28192 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28198 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28206 \begin_inset Newline newline
28214 \begin_inset Newline newline
28220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28227 character starts/ends the formula.
28228 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28240 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28252 \begin_inset space ~
28256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28258 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28269 \begin_inset space ~
28274 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28275 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28280 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28287 in this document is:
28288 \begin_inset Newline newline
28293 dummy entry for the character
28298 \begin_inset Newline newline
28310 \begin_inset space ~
28320 font use the command
28349 \begin_layout Subsection
28350 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28351 \begin_inset Index idx
28354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28355 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28365 the symbol definition.
28366 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28367 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28370 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28371 LatexCommand nomenclature
28373 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28380 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28384 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28385 LatexCommand nomenclature
28388 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28393 They will be sorted by
28394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28420 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28423 will be sorted before the
28427 since the character
28428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 is considered in sorting.
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28447 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28448 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28450 For the example given, you can insert
28454 in this field for the
28455 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28462 will be located before
28463 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28470 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28475 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28484 \begin_layout Subsection
28485 Nomenclature Options
28486 \begin_inset Index idx
28489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28490 Nomenclature ! Options
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28503 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28504 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28507 \begin_layout Description
28508 refeq Appends the phrase
28509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28524 to every nomenclature entry, where
28530 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28533 \begin_layout Description
28534 refpage Appends the phrase
28535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28550 to every nomenclature entry, where
28556 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28559 \begin_layout Description
28560 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28565 class options list in the
28567 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28571 In this document the options
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28587 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28592 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28595 \begin_layout Description
28605 \begin_layout Description
28608 nomrefpage Like the
28615 \begin_layout Description
28618 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28627 \begin_layout Description
28631 \begin_inset space ~
28637 \begin_inset space ~
28642 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28654 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28655 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28666 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28669 \begin_inset Newline newline
28676 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28681 \begin_inset Newline newline
28685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28700 by their translation.
28703 \begin_layout Subsection
28704 Printing the Nomenclature
28705 \begin_inset Index idx
28708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28709 Nomenclature ! Printing
28717 \begin_layout Standard
28718 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28722 \begin_inset space ~
28726 \begin_inset space ~
28729 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28745 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28746 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28747 You can choose between these settings:
28750 \begin_layout Description
28751 Default a space of 1
28752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28758 \begin_layout Description
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28764 \begin_inset space ~
28767 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28770 \begin_layout Description
28771 Custom custom space
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28775 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28784 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28792 For example, in order to change the name to
28796 , add the following line to the preamble:
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28807 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28810 \begin_layout Subsection
28811 Nomenclature Program
28812 \begin_inset Index idx
28815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28816 Nomenclature ! Program
28822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28824 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28832 LyX uses the program
28836 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28837 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28842 by adding options, see section
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28849 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28854 The available options are listed and explained in
28855 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28857 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28864 \begin_layout Section
28866 \begin_inset Index idx
28869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28876 \begin_inset Index idx
28879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28880 Document ! Branches
28886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28888 name "sec:Branches"
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28896 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28897 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28898 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28899 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28903 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28904 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28905 To create a branch, either select the menu
28907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28908 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28911 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28921 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28922 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28923 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28924 (see below for an example).
28925 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28926 to the name of the other) and to add
28927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28939 \begin_inset space ~
28942 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28943 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28947 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28948 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 where you can choose a branch.
28954 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28960 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28964 \begin_inset Branch Question
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28968 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28977 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28997 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29000 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29001 Consider for example a file
29002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29009 which has the above branches.
29011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29042 branch were inactive,
29043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29058 branch was active, likewise
29059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29074 branch was active, and
29075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29078 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29082 if both branches were active.
29083 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29088 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29095 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29096 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29098 For example you can define for the question branch
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29103 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29104 \begin_inset space ~
29108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29110 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29143 and for the answer branch
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 \begin_inset Branch Question
29170 \begin_layout Standard
29174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29203 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29239 Now it is possible to use the commands
29243 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29250 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29253 to obtain conditional output.
29254 Here is an example formula where only the
29261 \begin_inset Formula
29263 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29272 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29280 \begin_layout Section
29282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29284 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29289 \begin_inset Index idx
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29306 dialog allows you in the
29310 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29311 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29316 \begin_inset Index idx
29319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29328 \begin_layout Standard
29333 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29334 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29335 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29337 You can specify in the dialog tab
29341 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29343 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29344 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29348 \begin_layout Standard
29353 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29354 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29355 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29357 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29358 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29360 \begin_inset space ~
29363 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29364 \begin_inset space ~
29367 1 will only display the sections.
29370 \begin_layout Standard
29371 The header information in the dialog tab
29375 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29376 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29381 \begin_inset space \space{}
29384 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29385 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29388 Automatic fill header
29390 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29391 title and author settings.
29394 \begin_layout Standard
29397 Load in fullscreen mode
29399 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29403 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29404 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29410 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29411 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29420 \begin_layout Section
29421 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29424 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29431 \begin_layout Subsection
29433 \begin_inset Index idx
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29445 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29452 \begin_layout Standard
29453 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29454 constructs, but not all.
29455 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29456 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29457 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29458 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29459 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29463 \begin_layout Standard
29464 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29466 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29470 \begin_inset space ~
29475 or by the toolbar button
29488 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29496 \begin_layout Standard
29497 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29498 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29499 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29500 using the LaTeX-command
29506 , you can write the command part
29512 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29516 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29517 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29518 the following example:
29521 \begin_layout Standard
29522 \begin_inset Graphics
29523 filename clipart/ERT.png
29531 \begin_layout Standard
29535 \begin_layout Standard
29536 This is a line with a
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29564 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29573 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29581 \begin_layout Subsection
29582 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29583 \begin_inset Argument
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 \begin_inset Index idx
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29605 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29612 \begin_layout Standard
29613 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29614 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29615 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29624 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29625 any time if you know the right commands.
29627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29631 \begin_inset space \space{}
29634 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29636 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29637 all caption labels bold.
29638 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29640 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29644 \begin_layout Standard
29645 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29646 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29647 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29659 As result you find that the package
29664 \begin_inset Index idx
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29668 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29674 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29676 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29687 usepackage[options]{package name}
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29692 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29693 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29697 In your case the package name is
29702 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29707 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29708 So you add the command
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29716 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29720 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 For more commands provided by the
29729 package, have a look at its documentation,
29730 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29744 \begin_layout Standard
29745 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29747 For example if you use a
29751 class, you don't need the package
29755 , you can instead write
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29763 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29769 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29770 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29771 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29778 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29781 \begin_layout Standard
29782 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29783 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29785 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29786 the previous section.
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29790 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29792 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29794 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29801 \begin_layout Standard
29802 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 \begin_inset Note Note
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29834 \begin_layout Left Header
29835 \begin_inset Argument
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29858 \begin_inset Note Note
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29862 defines the header line as described below
29870 \begin_layout Center Header
29871 \begin_inset Argument
29874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 \begin_layout Right Header
29884 \begin_inset Argument
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29908 \begin_layout Left Footer
29909 \begin_inset Argument
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 \begin_layout Center Footer
29934 \begin_inset Argument
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29948 \begin_inset Newline newline
29952 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29958 \begin_layout Right Footer
29959 \begin_inset Argument
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 \begin_layout Section
29985 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29988 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29993 \begin_inset Index idx
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29997 Document ! Header/Footer line
30003 \begin_inset Index idx
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 \begin_layout Standard
30016 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30017 to set the headings style to
30023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30029 \begin_inset space ~
30035 As a second step add in the menu
30037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30038 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30045 Custom Header/Footerlines
30046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30050 This module offers the following 6
30051 \begin_inset space ~
30057 \begin_layout Description
30059 \begin_inset space ~
30063 \begin_inset space ~
30067 \begin_inset space ~
30071 \begin_inset space ~
30075 \begin_inset space ~
30081 \begin_layout Description
30083 \begin_inset space ~
30087 \begin_inset space ~
30091 \begin_inset space ~
30095 \begin_inset space ~
30099 \begin_inset space ~
30105 \begin_layout Standard
30106 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30110 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30111 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30113 \begin_inset space ~
30117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30119 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30123 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30126 \begin_layout Standard
30127 \begin_inset Float figure
30133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 \begin_inset Tabular
30137 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30138 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30139 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30141 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30201 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 The normal text on the page goes here.
30206 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30208 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30209 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30214 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30252 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 \begin_inset Caption
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30304 name "fig:Page-layout"
30308 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30321 \begin_layout Subsection
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30326 To define your header line, add all 3
30327 \begin_inset space ~
30331 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30332 the optional arguments on even pages.
30333 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30335 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30336 Defining the footer line works similar.
30339 \begin_layout Standard
30340 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 \begin_inset space ~
30364 \begin_layout Description
30367 thepage prints the current page number
30370 \begin_layout Description
30373 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30376 \begin_layout Description
30379 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30382 \begin_layout Description
30385 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30386 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30393 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30396 because it usually goes in a left header.
30399 \begin_layout Description
30402 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30403 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30405 It is normally used in the right header.
30408 \begin_layout Subsection
30409 Default header/footer
30412 \begin_layout Standard
30413 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30414 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30415 footer has the page number.
30416 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30417 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30418 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30421 \begin_inset space ~
30429 \begin_layout Subsection
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30434 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30435 Some pages are different.
30436 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30437 a new part or chapter in your book.
30438 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30439 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30440 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30444 Header and footer decoration line
30447 \begin_layout Standard
30448 By default, you get a 0.4
30449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30452 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30453 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30465 in the following scheme:
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30475 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30478 \begin_layout Standard
30479 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30488 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30496 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30497 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30498 \begin_inset space ~
30502 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30512 Several header/footer lines
30515 \begin_layout Standard
30516 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30517 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30518 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30520 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30532 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30535 \begin_layout Standard
30542 headheight}{height}
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30546 Where height is a size in standard units.
30547 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30548 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30549 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 and look via the button
30568 \begin_inset space ~
30573 if you find a warning of the package
30578 \begin_inset Index idx
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30588 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30589 for your header/footer.
30592 \begin_layout Subsection
30596 \begin_layout Standard
30597 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30598 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30599 This example consists of the following definition:
30602 \begin_layout Description
30604 \begin_inset space ~
30613 , empty optional argument
30616 \begin_layout Description
30618 \begin_inset space ~
30621 Header empty, empty optional argument
30624 \begin_layout Description
30626 \begin_inset space ~
30635 in the optional argument
30638 \begin_layout Description
30640 \begin_inset space ~
30649 in the optional argument
30652 \begin_layout Description
30654 \begin_inset space ~
30666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30670 \begin_inset Newline newline
30674 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30681 in the optional argument
30684 \begin_layout Description
30686 \begin_inset space ~
30695 , empty optional argument
30698 \begin_layout Description
30701 headrulewidth set to 2
30702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30708 \begin_layout Standard
30709 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30710 For more special things like e.
30711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30715 \begin_inset space ~
30718 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30723 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30733 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30739 \begin_layout Standard
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 pagestyle{headings}
30753 \begin_inset Note Note
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 switches back to page style with the default headings
30765 \begin_layout Section
30766 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30769 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30774 \begin_inset Index idx
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30784 \begin_inset Index idx
30787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30796 \begin_layout Standard
30797 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30798 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30799 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30802 \begin_layout Subsection
30806 \begin_layout Standard
30807 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30812 \begin_inset Index idx
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30821 (on some systems named simply
30826 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30834 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30835 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30843 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30844 automatically installed together with LyX.
30847 \begin_layout Subsection
30851 \begin_layout Standard
30852 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30853 LaTeX, activate the option
30856 \begin_inset space ~
30863 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30869 \begin_inset space ~
30873 \begin_inset space ~
30876 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30883 \begin_inset space ~
30896 \begin_inset space ~
30901 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30904 \begin_layout Standard
30905 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30910 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30918 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30919 generated by activating the option
30922 \begin_inset space ~
30928 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30936 \begin_layout Subsection
30937 Selected document parts
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30941 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30942 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30943 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30944 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30950 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30951 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30952 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30955 \begin_layout Standard
30956 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30962 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 is explained in section
30975 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30980 \begin_inset space ~
30990 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30991 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30993 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30995 Here is the result:
30998 \begin_layout Standard
30999 \begin_inset Preview
31001 \begin_layout Standard
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31010 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31016 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31026 height_special "totalheight"
31029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31060 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31082 \begin_layout Standard
31083 Previewing works also for colors.
31084 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 is explained in section
31109 \begin_inset space ~
31122 \begin_layout Standard
31123 \begin_inset Preview
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31153 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31181 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31182 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31184 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31185 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31186 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31187 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31191 \begin_layout Subsection
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31199 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31201 \begin_inset space ~
31206 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31207 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31209 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31210 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31211 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31212 the source view window.
31215 \begin_layout Section
31216 Advanced Find and Replace
31217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31219 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31224 \begin_inset Index idx
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 \begin_inset Index idx
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 \begin_layout Subsection
31250 \begin_layout Standard
31251 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31252 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31253 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31254 The key-features are:
31257 \begin_layout Itemize
31258 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31259 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31260 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31264 \begin_layout Itemize
31265 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31266 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31267 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31268 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31271 \begin_layout Itemize
31272 Search may be widened to a specific
31277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31281 \begin_inset space ~
31284 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31285 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31292 \begin_layout Itemize
31293 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31294 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31299 \begin_inset space ~
31302 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31305 \begin_layout Subsection
31309 \begin_layout Standard
31310 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31313 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31326 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31329 ) or the toolbar button
31332 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31338 Advanced Find and Replace
31343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31347 \begin_layout Standard
31352 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31357 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31362 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31363 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31364 Pressing repeatedly
31368 keeps searching forward.
31369 Similarly, pressing
31373 searches for the entered text backwards.
31376 \begin_layout Standard
31377 While searching, the
31381 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31391 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31394 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31395 Searching for mathematics
31398 \begin_layout Standard
31399 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31403 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31404 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31407 or also something more complex like
31408 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31412 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31413 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31414 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31415 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31425 \begin_layout Standard
31426 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31427 This is done by switching to the
31431 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31436 This way, entering in the
31443 \begin_layout Itemize
31444 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31445 in emphasized or boldface.
31448 \begin_layout Itemize
31449 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31450 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31451 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31452 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31455 \begin_layout Itemize
31456 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31457 of if only within section headings.
31458 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31459 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31463 \begin_layout Itemize
31464 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31465 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31472 \begin_layout Standard
31473 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31477 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31485 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31489 button or alternatively
31511 \begin_layout Standard
31512 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31513 text segments in your document.
31514 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31518 \begin_layout Itemize
31519 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31520 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31528 with its typewriter version
31531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31541 \begin_layout Itemize
31542 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31548 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31567 (you may want to enable the
31575 options and disable the
31583 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31591 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31592 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31596 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31599 , or occurrences of
31600 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31604 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31610 \begin_layout Subsection
31614 \begin_layout Standard
31615 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31622 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31624 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31633 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31639 This is done via the menu
31641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31642 Insert Regular Expression
31644 while the cursor is in the
31649 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31650 expression matching rules
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31661 \begin_inset space ~
31664 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31665 to match expressions.
31670 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31671 same text in the document.
31672 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31673 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31676 \begin_layout Enumerate
31677 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31682 editor the fraction
31683 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31687 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31690 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31691 fractions with the given denominator.
31694 \begin_layout Enumerate
31695 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31707 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31712 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31713 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31715 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31718 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31719 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31722 \begin_layout Standard
31723 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31724 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31725 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31728 , and referring back to them through
31729 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31733 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31737 For example, try searching for the regexp
31738 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31741 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31744 \begin_layout Standard
31745 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31746 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31747 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31752 \begin_inset space ~
31756 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31759 always refers to the first occurrence of
31760 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31763 in all entered regexps.
31766 \begin_layout Standard
31767 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31771 \begin_layout Section
31773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31775 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31780 \begin_inset Index idx
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 \begin_layout Standard
31793 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31796 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31803 or the toolbar button
31806 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31809 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31810 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31811 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31812 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31813 scrolled so that it is visible.
31814 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31815 n, if any could be found.
31816 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31820 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31821 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31824 \begin_layout Standard
31825 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31832 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31833 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31834 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31835 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31836 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31837 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31840 \begin_layout Subsection
31844 \begin_layout Standard
31845 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31848 \begin_inset space ~
31851 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31854 you can set the following things:
31857 \begin_layout Description
31859 \begin_inset space ~
31862 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31863 Depending on your platform,
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31879 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31894 \begin_layout Description
31896 \begin_inset space ~
31899 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31900 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31903 \begin_layout Description
31905 \begin_inset space ~
31908 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31914 \begin_inset space \space{}
31918 This should normally not be needed.
31921 \begin_layout Description
31923 \begin_inset space ~
31927 \begin_inset space ~
31930 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31942 \begin_layout Description
31944 \begin_inset space ~
31947 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31948 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31949 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31950 appear in the context menu.
31951 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31955 \begin_layout Description
31957 \begin_inset space ~
31961 \begin_inset space ~
31965 \begin_inset space ~
31968 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31972 \begin_layout Section
31974 \begin_inset Index idx
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31986 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31993 \begin_layout Standard
31994 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31995 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32007 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32016 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32017 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32018 are available for many languages.
32021 \begin_layout Standard
32022 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32026 \begin_layout Subsection
32027 Setting up the thesaurus
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32038 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32043 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32048 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32054 en_EN for English).
32055 For instance, the English files are named:
32058 \begin_layout Itemize
32062 \begin_layout Itemize
32066 \begin_layout Standard
32067 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32068 already on your system.
32069 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32070 \begin_inset Flex URL
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32081 \begin_inset Flex URL
32084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32096 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32097 \begin_inset space ~
32101 \begin_inset Flex URL
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32111 are usually packed in extension archives (
32115 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32117 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32118 unpack a zip archive.
32131 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32132 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32134 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32135 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32139 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32142 \begin_layout Subsection
32143 Using the thesaurus
32146 \begin_layout Standard
32147 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32149 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32152 or the toolbar button
32155 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32158 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32160 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32162 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32163 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32164 and hyponyms (such as
32172 ), compounds (such as
32176 ) and antonyms (such as
32184 ), which are marked as such.
32187 \begin_layout Standard
32188 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32189 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32193 \begin_layout Standard
32194 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32195 the dictionary, such as the above
32199 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32204 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32205 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32206 For example looking up the word forms
32214 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32219 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32232 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32233 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32234 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32237 \begin_layout Section
32239 \begin_inset Index idx
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 \begin_inset Index idx
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 Document ! Change Tracking
32259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32261 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32268 \begin_layout Standard
32269 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32270 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32271 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32272 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32276 \begin_inset space ~
32279 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32281 \begin_inset space ~
32289 \begin_layout Standard
32290 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32304 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32305 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32308 \begin_inset space ~
32312 \begin_inset space ~
32322 \begin_inset Index idx
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 Color ! Change tracking
32331 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32332 the cursor is in changed text.
32333 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32336 arg "changes-merge"
32342 \begin_layout Standard
32343 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32344 \begin_inset Index idx
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 \begin_layout Standard
32357 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32363 \begin_layout Standard
32364 \begin_inset Graphics
32365 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32373 \begin_layout Standard
32374 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32380 \begin_layout Standard
32381 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32385 \begin_layout Standard
32386 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32392 \begin_layout Standard
32393 \begin_inset Tabular
32394 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32395 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32396 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32397 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 arg "changes-track"
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32423 \begin_inset space ~
32426 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32428 \begin_inset space ~
32437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 arg "changes-output"
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32462 \begin_inset space ~
32465 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32467 \begin_inset space ~
32471 \begin_inset space ~
32475 \begin_inset space ~
32484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 Jumps to the next change
32511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 arg "change-accept"
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32536 \begin_inset space ~
32539 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32541 \begin_inset space ~
32550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 arg "change-reject"
32567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32575 \begin_inset space ~
32578 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32580 \begin_inset space ~
32589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 arg "changes-merge"
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32614 \begin_inset space ~
32617 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32619 \begin_inset space ~
32628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 arg "all-changes-accept"
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32653 \begin_inset space ~
32656 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32658 \begin_inset space ~
32662 \begin_inset space ~
32671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 arg "all-changes-reject"
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32696 \begin_inset space ~
32699 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32701 \begin_inset space ~
32705 \begin_inset space ~
32714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32738 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32740 \begin_inset space ~
32749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32772 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32774 \begin_inset space ~
32790 \begin_layout Standard
32791 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32797 \begin_layout Standard
32798 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32799 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32800 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32801 the next change after the current cursor position.
32802 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32803 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32804 step to the next change.
32805 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32808 \begin_layout Standard
32809 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32810 to describe a change.
32813 \begin_layout Standard
32814 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32819 \begin_inset Index idx
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32829 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32830 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32836 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32839 \begin_layout Section
32840 Comparison of Documents
32841 \begin_inset Index idx
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 Comparison of documents
32853 \begin_layout Standard
32854 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32856 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32860 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32862 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32863 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32867 \begin_inset space ~
32871 \begin_inset space ~
32875 \begin_inset space ~
32884 \begin_inset space ~
32888 \begin_inset space ~
32892 \begin_inset space ~
32896 \begin_inset space ~
32900 \begin_inset space ~
32904 \begin_inset space ~
32909 enables the change tracking option
32912 \begin_inset space ~
32916 \begin_inset space ~
32920 \begin_inset space ~
32925 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32928 \begin_layout Section
32929 International Support
32930 \begin_inset Index idx
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 International support
32942 \begin_layout Standard
32943 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32944 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32945 how to set up LyX to use them:
32946 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32948 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32955 \begin_layout Standard
32956 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32957 \begin_inset space ~
32961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32963 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32970 \begin_layout Subsection
32972 \begin_inset Index idx
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 \begin_inset Index idx
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 Document ! Settings
32992 \begin_inset Index idx
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 Document ! Language
33004 \begin_layout Standard
33007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33010 dialog lets you set
33012 the language and character encoding for your language.
33016 \begin_layout Standard
33017 Choose your language in the
33021 section of this dialog.
33029 \begin_layout Standard
33034 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33039 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33040 For details about the different encoding options see section
33041 \begin_inset space ~
33045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33047 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33054 \begin_layout Subsection
33055 Keyboard mapping configuration
33056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33058 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33065 \begin_layout Standard
33066 If you have for example a U.
33067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33070 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33071 can use an alternate keymap.
33072 For example, if you have a U.
33073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33076 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33077 use an Italian keymap.
33078 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33080 \begin_inset space ~
33084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33086 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33091 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33092 which one you want to use.
33095 \begin_layout Standard
33096 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33097 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33098 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33099 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33100 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33101 one to support the characters you want.
33102 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33109 \begin_layout Subsection
33113 \begin_layout Standard
33115 \begin_inset space ~
33119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33121 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33130 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33134 \begin_layout Standard
33135 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33136 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33144 \begin_layout Itemize
33145 Even if you have selected
33151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33154 dialog, users who have only the
33158 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33162 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33163 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33164 french quotes will not show up.
33167 \begin_layout Standard
33168 \begin_inset Float table
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 \begin_inset Caption
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33179 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 \begin_inset Tabular
33198 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33199 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37629 \begin_layout Standard
37630 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37632 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37633 also the characters from
37645 \begin_layout Itemize
37654 \begin_layout Standard
37655 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37662 \begin_layout Standard
37663 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37664 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37670 \begin_layout Standard
37671 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37672 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37679 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37686 \begin_layout Standard
37688 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37694 \begin_layout Standard
37696 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37702 \begin_layout Standard
37704 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37711 \begin_layout Itemize
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37726 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37732 \begin_layout Standard
37734 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37740 \begin_layout Standard
37742 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37748 \begin_layout Standard
37750 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37756 \begin_layout Standard
37758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37764 \begin_layout Standard
37766 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37773 \begin_layout Standard
37774 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37775 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37776 Also make sure you're using the
37783 \begin_layout Chapter
37786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37788 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37795 \begin_layout Standard
37796 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37797 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37798 topic inside the user's guide.
37801 \begin_layout Section
37803 \begin_inset Index idx
37806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37815 \begin_layout Standard
37820 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37823 \begin_layout Subsection
37827 \begin_layout Standard
37828 Creates a new document.
37831 \begin_layout Subsection
37835 \begin_layout Standard
37836 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37837 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37838 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37841 \begin_layout Subsection
37845 \begin_layout Standard
37849 \begin_layout Subsection
37853 \begin_layout Standard
37854 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37855 Click there on a file to open it.
37858 \begin_layout Subsection
37862 \begin_layout Standard
37863 Closes the current document.
37866 \begin_layout Subsection
37870 \begin_layout Standard
37871 Closes all opened documents.
37874 \begin_layout Subsection
37878 \begin_layout Standard
37879 Saves the actual document.
37882 \begin_layout Subsection
37886 \begin_layout Standard
37887 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37890 \begin_layout Subsection
37894 \begin_layout Standard
37895 Saves all opened documents.
37898 \begin_layout Subsection
37902 \begin_layout Standard
37903 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37906 \begin_layout Subsection
37910 \begin_layout Standard
37911 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37912 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37913 It is described in the section
37915 Version Control in LyX
37919 Additional Features
37924 \begin_layout Subsection
37928 \begin_layout Standard
37929 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37930 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37932 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 When using the menu entry
37939 \begin_inset space ~
37944 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37948 \begin_inset space ~
37952 \begin_inset space ~
37957 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37958 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37961 \begin_layout Subsection
37963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37972 \begin_layout Standard
37973 You can export your document to various file formats.
37974 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37975 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37976 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
37979 \begin_layout Standard
37980 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37982 \begin_inset space ~
37986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37988 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37995 \begin_layout Description
38001 \begin_inset space ~
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 yX format of the special LyX
38016 \begin_inset space ~
38019 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38020 \begin_inset Newline newline
38023 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38026 \begin_layout Description
38027 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38033 \begin_layout Description
38035 \begin_inset space ~
38038 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38044 \begin_layout Description
38045 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38046 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38047 files paths or file names in your document.
38048 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38055 \begin_layout Description
38056 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38057 in files paths or file names
38060 \begin_layout Description
38062 \begin_inset space ~
38069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 eX) DVI-format using the program
38080 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38083 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38091 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38099 \begin_layout Description
38101 \begin_inset space ~
38104 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38108 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38113 \begin_layout Description
38114 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38118 \begin_layout Description
38120 \begin_inset space ~
38124 \begin_inset space ~
38127 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38131 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38139 \begin_layout Description
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38183 \begin_layout Description
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38198 \begin_inset space ~
38203 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38204 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38208 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38211 \begin_layout Description
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38226 \begin_inset space ~
38231 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38232 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38240 \begin_layout Description
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38255 \begin_inset space ~
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38284 \begin_layout Description
38286 \begin_inset space ~
38290 \begin_inset space ~
38299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38308 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38309 music notation software
38314 \begin_layout Description
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 \begin_inset space ~
38335 \begin_inset space ~
38338 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38339 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38340 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38343 \begin_layout Description
38350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 \begin_inset space ~
38363 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38379 represent the version number)
38382 \begin_layout Description
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38401 \begin_layout Description
38402 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38407 \begin_layout Description
38408 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38410 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38413 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38417 \begin_layout Description
38421 \begin_inset space ~
38426 PDF-format using the program
38430 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38433 \begin_layout Description
38437 \begin_inset space ~
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38453 PDF-format using the program
38457 , produces PDF-files directly
38460 \begin_layout Description
38464 \begin_inset space ~
38469 PDF-format using the program
38473 , produces PDF-files directly
38476 \begin_layout Description
38480 \begin_inset space ~
38485 PDF-format using the program
38489 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38492 \begin_layout Description
38496 \begin_inset space ~
38503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38512 PDF-format using the program
38516 , produces PDF-files directly
38519 \begin_layout Description
38523 \begin_inset space ~
38531 \begin_layout Description
38535 \begin_inset space ~
38539 \begin_inset space ~
38544 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38545 and then exported as text using the program
38550 \begin_layout Description
38555 PostScript format using the program
38560 \begin_layout Description
38561 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38562 programming language
38575 it is possible to use
38582 \begin_layout Standard
38583 If one of the menu entries
38590 \begin_inset space ~
38599 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38600 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38601 \begin_inset space ~
38605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38607 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38612 \begin_inset Index idx
38615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38616 Reconfiguration of LyX
38624 \begin_layout Subsection
38628 \begin_layout Standard
38629 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38630 format or send it to a printer.
38631 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38632 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38638 For more information have a look at section
38639 \begin_inset space ~
38643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38645 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38652 \begin_layout Subsection
38656 \begin_layout Standard
38657 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38658 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38659 prefix, see section
38660 \begin_inset space ~
38664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38666 reference "sec:Paths"
38671 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38680 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38681 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38682 \begin_inset space ~
38686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38688 reference "sub:Converters"
38695 \begin_layout Subsection
38696 New and Close Window
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38700 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38703 \begin_layout Subsection
38707 \begin_layout Standard
38708 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38711 \begin_layout Section
38713 \begin_inset Index idx
38716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 \begin_layout Subsection
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 Described in section
38731 \begin_inset space ~
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38745 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 Described in section
38750 \begin_inset space ~
38754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38756 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38763 \begin_layout Subsection
38767 \begin_layout Standard
38768 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38769 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38772 \begin_layout Subsection
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 Selects the whole document.
38780 \begin_layout Subsection
38781 Find & Replace (Quick)
38784 \begin_layout Standard
38785 Described in section
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38792 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38799 \begin_layout Subsection
38800 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38803 \begin_layout Standard
38804 Described in section
38805 \begin_inset space ~
38809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38811 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38818 \begin_layout Subsection
38819 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38822 \begin_layout Standard
38823 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38827 \begin_layout Subsection
38831 \begin_layout Standard
38832 Described in section
38833 \begin_inset space ~
38837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38839 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38846 \begin_layout Subsection
38848 \begin_inset Index idx
38851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 Paragraph ! Settings
38860 \begin_layout Standard
38861 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38862 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38866 \begin_layout Standard
38867 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38868 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38876 \begin_inset space ~
38884 \begin_layout Subsection
38885 Table Settings and Math
38888 \begin_layout Standard
38889 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38891 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38892 The properties of tables are described in section
38893 \begin_inset space ~
38897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38899 reference "sec:Tables"
38903 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38910 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38917 \begin_layout Subsection
38918 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38924 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38931 reference "sec:Nesting"
38936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38938 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38945 \begin_layout Section
38947 \begin_inset Index idx
38950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 \begin_layout Standard
38960 At the bottom of the
38964 menu the opened documents are listed.
38967 \begin_layout Subsection
38968 Open/Close all Insets
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38972 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38975 \begin_layout Subsection
38976 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38979 \begin_layout Standard
38980 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38983 \begin_layout Standard
38984 Math macros are described in the
38991 \begin_layout Subsection
38995 \begin_layout Standard
38996 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39004 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39011 \begin_layout Subsection
39015 \begin_layout Standard
39016 Opens a window showing console messages.
39017 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39021 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39022 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39025 \begin_layout Subsection
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39030 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39031 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39038 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39042 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39049 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39053 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39054 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39061 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39066 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39067 The default output format is
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39078 \begin_layout Subsection
39079 View (Other Formats)
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39083 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39084 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39085 actual document with an external program.
39086 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39087 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39088 All possible formats are listed in section
39089 \begin_inset space ~
39093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39095 reference "sub:Export"
39100 You should at least see the menu entry
39105 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39106 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39107 \begin_inset space ~
39111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39113 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39118 \begin_inset Index idx
39121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 Reconfiguration of LyX
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39131 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39132 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39139 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39144 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39147 \begin_layout Subsection
39151 \begin_layout Standard
39152 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39153 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39156 \begin_layout Subsection
39157 Update (Other Formats)
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39162 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39165 \begin_layout Subsection
39166 View Master Document
39169 \begin_layout Standard
39170 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39186 \begin_inset space ~
39191 manual for more information on this topic).
39192 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39193 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39198 generates the output of the whole book, while
39202 will just output the chapter alone.
39205 \begin_layout Standard
39206 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39207 in the preferences (see sec.
39208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39214 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39218 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39225 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39232 \begin_layout Subsection
39233 Update Master Document
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39237 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39253 \begin_inset space ~
39258 manual for more information on this topic).
39259 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39260 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39263 \begin_layout Standard
39264 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39265 in the preferences (see sec.
39266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39272 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39276 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39283 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39290 \begin_layout Subsection
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39295 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39296 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39297 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39298 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39299 or more documents at the same time.
39300 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39307 \begin_layout Subsection
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39312 Closes a split view.
39315 \begin_layout Subsection
39319 \begin_layout Standard
39320 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39321 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39322 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39323 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39324 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39327 \begin_layout Subsection
39329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39331 name "sub:Toolbars"
39336 \begin_inset Index idx
39339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39348 \begin_layout Standard
39349 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39350 All toolbars and the
39353 \begin_inset space ~
39358 can be turned on and off.
39363 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39375 \begin_inset space ~
39383 \begin_inset space ~
39392 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39396 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39403 \begin_layout Standard
39408 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39412 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39413 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39414 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39415 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39416 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39419 \begin_layout Standard
39420 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39427 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39434 \begin_layout Section
39436 \begin_inset Index idx
39439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 \begin_layout Subsection
39452 \begin_layout Standard
39453 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39460 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39471 \begin_layout Subsection
39473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39475 name "sub:Special-Character"
39482 \begin_layout Standard
39483 Here you can insert the following characters:
39486 \begin_layout Description
39487 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39488 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39489 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39490 \begin_inset Newline newline
39494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39502 Not all characters will be visible in the
39506 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39514 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39518 ) can display every character.
39526 \begin_layout Description
39527 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39531 \begin_layout Description
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39540 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39554 \begin_layout Description
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39559 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39572 \begin_layout Description
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39577 Quote Inserts this quote:
39578 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39584 \begin_layout Description
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39589 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39593 \begin_layout Description
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39598 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39602 \begin_layout Description
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39607 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39611 \begin_layout Description
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset Index idx
39620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 \begin_inset Index idx
39630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39631 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39636 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39637 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39638 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39643 \begin_inset Index idx
39646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39647 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39653 \begin_inset Newline newline
39656 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39660 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39668 and this Wiki-page:
39669 \begin_inset Newline newline
39673 \begin_inset Flex URL
39676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39678 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39686 \begin_layout Subsection
39690 \begin_layout Standard
39691 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39694 \begin_layout Description
39695 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39696 \begin_inset script superscript
39698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39707 \begin_layout Description
39708 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39709 \begin_inset script subscript
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39720 \begin_layout Description
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39725 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39732 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39739 \begin_layout Description
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39744 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39751 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39758 \begin_layout Description
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39763 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39764 \begin_inset space ~
39768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39770 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39777 \begin_layout Description
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39782 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39789 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39796 \begin_layout Description
39798 \begin_inset space ~
39801 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39808 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39815 \begin_layout Description
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39820 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39827 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39834 \begin_layout Description
39835 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39836 \begin_inset space ~
39840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39842 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39854 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39861 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39868 \begin_layout Description
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39873 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39880 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39887 \begin_layout Description
39889 \begin_inset space ~
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39896 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39903 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39910 \begin_layout Description
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39915 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39916 text line to the page border, see section
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39923 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39930 \begin_layout Description
39932 \begin_inset space ~
39935 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39942 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39954 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39955 text page to the page border, described in section
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39962 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39969 \begin_layout Description
39971 \begin_inset space ~
39974 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39975 \begin_inset space ~
39979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39981 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39988 \begin_layout Description
39990 \begin_inset space ~
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39997 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40004 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40011 \begin_layout Subsection
40015 \begin_layout Standard
40016 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40017 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40025 reference "sec:toc"
40030 The index list is described in section
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40037 reference "sec:Index"
40041 , the nomenclature in section
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40048 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40052 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40053 \begin_inset space ~
40057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40059 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40066 \begin_layout Subsection
40070 \begin_layout Standard
40071 To insert floats, described in section
40072 \begin_inset space ~
40076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40078 reference "sec:Floats"
40085 \begin_layout Subsection
40089 \begin_layout Standard
40090 To insert notes, described in section
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40097 reference "sec:Notes"
40104 \begin_layout Subsection
40108 \begin_layout Standard
40109 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40110 \begin_inset space ~
40114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40116 reference "sec:Branches"
40123 \begin_layout Subsection
40127 \begin_layout Standard
40128 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40129 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40131 An example is the document class
40132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40139 with three custom insets.
40142 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40148 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40151 \begin_layout Subsection
40153 \begin_inset Index idx
40156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40165 \begin_layout Standard
40166 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40168 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40175 \begin_inset space ~
40183 \begin_layout Subsection
40185 \begin_inset Index idx
40188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 \begin_layout Standard
40198 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40205 reference "sec:Minipages"
40210 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40225 \begin_layout Subsection
40229 \begin_layout Standard
40230 Inserts a citation as described in section
40231 \begin_inset space ~
40235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40237 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40244 \begin_layout Subsection
40248 \begin_layout Standard
40249 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40256 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40263 \begin_layout Subsection
40267 \begin_layout Standard
40268 Inserts a label as described in section
40269 \begin_inset space ~
40273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40275 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40282 \begin_layout Subsection
40284 \begin_inset Index idx
40287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40294 \begin_inset Index idx
40297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40298 Longtables ! Caption
40306 \begin_layout Standard
40307 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40308 Floats are described in section
40309 \begin_inset space ~
40313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40315 reference "sec:Floats"
40319 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40326 \begin_inset space ~
40334 \begin_layout Subsection
40338 \begin_layout Standard
40339 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40340 \begin_inset space ~
40344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40346 reference "sec:Index"
40353 \begin_layout Subsection
40357 \begin_layout Standard
40358 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40359 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40365 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40372 \begin_layout Subsection
40376 \begin_layout Standard
40378 Tables are described in section
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40385 reference "sec:Tables"
40392 \begin_layout Subsection
40396 \begin_layout Standard
40398 Graphics are described in section
40399 \begin_inset space ~
40403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40405 reference "sec:Graphics"
40412 \begin_layout Subsection
40416 \begin_layout Standard
40417 Inserts a URL as described in section
40418 \begin_inset space ~
40422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40424 reference "sub:URLs"
40431 \begin_layout Subsection
40435 \begin_layout Standard
40436 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40437 \begin_inset space ~
40441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40443 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40450 \begin_layout Subsection
40454 \begin_layout Standard
40455 Inserts a footnote, see section
40456 \begin_inset space ~
40460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40462 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40469 \begin_layout Subsection
40473 \begin_layout Standard
40474 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40475 \begin_inset space ~
40479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40481 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40488 \begin_layout Subsection
40492 \begin_layout Standard
40493 Inserts a short title, see section
40494 \begin_inset space ~
40498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40500 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40507 \begin_layout Subsection
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40513 \begin_inset space ~
40517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40519 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40526 \begin_layout Subsection
40528 \begin_inset Index idx
40531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40540 \begin_layout Standard
40541 Inserts a program listings box.
40542 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40544 Program Code Listings
40549 \begin_inset space ~
40557 \begin_layout Subsection
40561 \begin_layout Standard
40562 Inserts the actual date.
40563 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40565 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40573 \begin_inset space ~
40581 \begin_layout Subsection
40585 \begin_layout Standard
40586 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40587 \begin_inset space ~
40591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40593 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40600 \begin_layout Section
40602 \begin_inset Index idx
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 \begin_layout Standard
40615 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40616 \begin_inset space ~
40619 of the current document.
40620 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40623 \begin_layout Subsection
40627 \begin_layout Standard
40628 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40629 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40635 \begin_inset space \space{}
40639 \begin_inset space ~
40643 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40644 \begin_inset space ~
40647 2.5 and use the submenu
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_inset space ~
40661 \begin_inset space ~
40667 \begin_inset space ~
40671 \begin_inset space ~
40677 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40681 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40687 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40693 \begin_layout Standard
40694 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40695 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40698 \begin_layout Subsection
40699 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40703 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40707 \begin_layout Subsection
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40713 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40714 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40718 \begin_inset space ~
40722 \begin_inset space ~
40730 \begin_layout Subsection
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40735 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40736 in the output, see section
40739 \begin_inset space ~
40747 \begin_inset space ~
40752 manual for a detailed description.
40755 \begin_layout Section
40757 \begin_inset Index idx
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 \begin_layout Subsection
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40774 Change Tracking is described in section
40775 \begin_inset space ~
40779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40781 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40788 \begin_layout Subsection
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40804 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40806 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40809 \begin_layout Standard
40810 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40815 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40818 \begin_layout Subsection
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40823 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40824 \begin_inset space ~
40828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40830 reference "sec:Navigating"
40835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40837 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40844 \begin_layout Subsection
40845 Start Appendix Here
40848 \begin_layout Standard
40849 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40850 position as described in section
40851 \begin_inset space ~
40855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40857 reference "sec:Appendices"
40864 \begin_layout Subsection
40868 \begin_layout Standard
40869 Un/compresses the current document.
40872 \begin_layout Subsection
40876 \begin_layout Standard
40877 The document settings are described in appendix
40878 \begin_inset space ~
40882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40884 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40891 \begin_layout Section
40893 \begin_inset Index idx
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 \begin_layout Subsection
40909 \begin_layout Standard
40910 Spell checking is explained in section
40911 \begin_inset space ~
40915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40917 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40924 \begin_layout Subsection
40928 \begin_layout Standard
40929 The thesaurus is described in section
40930 \begin_inset space ~
40934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40936 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40943 \begin_layout Subsection
40945 \begin_inset Index idx
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40955 \begin_inset Index idx
40958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 \begin_layout Standard
40968 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40972 \begin_layout Subsection
40974 \begin_inset Index idx
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 \begin_layout Standard
40987 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40991 \begin_layout Subsection
40993 \begin_inset Index idx
40996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40997 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41008 Reconfiguration of LyX
41012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41025 \begin_inset Index idx
41028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 Reconfiguration of LyX
41037 \begin_layout Standard
41038 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41039 and programs it needs; see also section
41040 \begin_inset space ~
41044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41046 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41053 \begin_layout Subsection
41057 \begin_layout Standard
41058 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41059 \begin_inset space ~
41063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41065 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41072 \begin_layout Section
41074 \begin_inset Index idx
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41086 \begin_layout Standard
41087 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41089 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41093 \begin_layout Standard
41097 \begin_inset space ~
41102 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41103 found by LyX (see also section
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41110 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41117 \begin_layout Section
41119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41121 name "sec:Toolbars"
41128 \begin_layout Standard
41129 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41130 \begin_inset space ~
41134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41136 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41144 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41145 This is described in the
41147 Additional Features
41152 \begin_layout Subsection
41154 \begin_inset Index idx
41157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41166 \begin_layout Standard
41167 \begin_inset Graphics
41168 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41183 \begin_layout Standard
41184 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 \begin_inset Note Note
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41205 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41210 manual for more information.
41218 \begin_layout Standard
41219 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41225 \begin_layout Standard
41226 \begin_inset Tabular
41227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41228 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41236 \begin_inset Graphics
41237 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41251 pull-down box for the environments
41264 \begin_layout Standard
41265 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41271 \begin_layout Standard
41273 \begin_inset Tabular
41274 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41275 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41301 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 arg "dialog-show print"
41385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41391 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41421 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41451 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41511 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41571 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41587 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41625 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41639 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41640 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 Emphasize text, function of the
41670 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41672 \begin_inset space ~
41683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41704 Set text to noun style, function of the
41706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41708 \begin_inset space ~
41719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 arg "textstyle-apply"
41736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 Formats text using the current settings in the
41742 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41779 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41799 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 arg "tabular-insert"
41835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 Toggle outline window on/off,
41871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41899 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41914 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41926 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41939 \begin_layout Subsection
41941 \begin_inset Index idx
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41953 \begin_layout Standard
41954 \begin_inset Graphics
41955 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41963 \begin_layout Standard
41964 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41970 \begin_layout Standard
41971 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41975 \begin_layout Standard
41976 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41982 \begin_layout Standard
41983 \begin_inset Tabular
41984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41985 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41986 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41987 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42024 arg "layout Enumerate"
42032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42051 arg "layout Itemize"
42059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 arg "layout Description"
42113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42132 arg "depth-increment"
42140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42170 arg "depth-decrement"
42178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42186 \begin_inset space ~
42190 \begin_inset space ~
42199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 arg "float-insert figure"
42216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42223 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42239 arg "float-insert table"
42247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42254 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42376 \begin_inset space ~
42385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42394 arg "nomencl-insert"
42402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42410 \begin_inset space ~
42419 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 arg "footnote-insert"
42436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42474 \begin_inset space ~
42483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42507 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42618 \begin_inset space ~
42627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42636 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42651 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42667 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42682 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42684 \begin_inset space ~
42693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42702 arg "dialog-show character"
42710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42718 \begin_inset space ~
42727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42736 arg "layout-paragraph"
42744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42750 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42752 \begin_inset space ~
42761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42770 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42784 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42798 \begin_layout Subsection
42799 View / Update Toolbar
42800 \begin_inset Index idx
42803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42804 Toolbar ! View / Update
42812 \begin_layout Standard
42813 \begin_inset Graphics
42814 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42828 \begin_layout Standard
42829 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42833 \begin_layout Standard
42834 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42840 \begin_layout Standard
42841 \begin_inset Tabular
42842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42843 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42844 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42845 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42869 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 arg "buffer-update"
42893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42915 arg "master-buffer-view"
42923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42929 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42945 arg "master-buffer-update"
42953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42959 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42961 \begin_inset space ~
42970 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42994 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42995 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42996 Synchronize with Output
43002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 \begin_inset Graphics
43008 filename ../images/view-others.png
43010 groupId toolbarbuttons
43021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43028 View (Other Formats)
43034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 \begin_inset Graphics
43040 filename ../images/update-others.png
43042 groupId toolbarbuttons
43051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43057 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43058 Update (Other Formats)
43071 \begin_layout Standard
43072 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43076 \begin_layout Subsection
43080 \begin_layout Standard
43081 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43082 \begin_inset space ~
43086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43088 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43092 , the table toolbar
43093 \begin_inset Index idx
43096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43105 \begin_inset space ~
43110 manual, the math macro toolbar
43111 \begin_inset Index idx
43114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43127 \begin_layout Chapter
43128 The Document Settings
43129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43131 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43136 \begin_inset Index idx
43139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43140 Document ! Settings
43148 \begin_layout Standard
43149 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43150 whole document and is called with the menu
43152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43156 You can save your document settings as default with the
43158 Save as Document Defaults
43160 button in the dialog.
43161 This will create a template named
43165 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43169 \begin_layout Standard
43174 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43175 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43178 \begin_layout Standard
43179 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43182 \begin_layout Section
43186 \begin_layout Standard
43187 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43189 Document classes are described in section
43190 \begin_inset space ~
43194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43196 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43204 \begin_layout Standard
43208 \begin_inset space ~
43213 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43217 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43218 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43220 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43229 \begin_layout Standard
43230 Some classes use special class options by default.
43231 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43235 and you can decide to use them or not.
43236 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43237 recommended to leave them untouched.
43242 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43247 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43248 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43255 \begin_inset Newline newline
43260 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43263 \begin_inset Newline newline
43266 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43272 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43274 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43286 \begin_layout Standard
43287 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43289 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43290 document is opened without its master.
43291 This way child documents are always compilable.
43292 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43299 \begin_inset space ~
43307 \begin_layout Standard
43308 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43318 \begin_inset Index idx
43321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43322 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43328 \begin_inset Index idx
43331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43332 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43337 for cross-references, see sec.
43338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43344 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43351 \begin_layout Section
43355 \begin_layout Standard
43356 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43357 Please refer to the section
43360 \begin_inset space ~
43368 \begin_inset space ~
43373 manual for details.
43376 \begin_layout Section
43380 \begin_layout Standard
43381 Modules are explained in section
43382 \begin_inset space ~
43386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43388 reference "sub:Modules"
43395 \begin_layout Section
43399 \begin_layout Standard
43401 \begin_inset space ~
43405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43407 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43414 \begin_layout Section
43418 \begin_layout Standard
43419 The document font settings are described in section
43420 \begin_inset space ~
43424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43426 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43433 \begin_layout Section
43437 \begin_layout Standard
43438 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43440 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43442 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325640630
43443 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43444 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43449 \begin_layout Standard
43450 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43451 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43453 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43456 \begin_layout Section
43460 \begin_layout Standard
43461 A description of this menu is given in section
43462 \begin_inset space ~
43466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43468 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43475 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43482 \begin_layout Section
43486 \begin_layout Standard
43487 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43488 \begin_inset space ~
43492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43494 reference "sub:Margins"
43501 \begin_layout Section
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43505 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43510 \begin_inset Index idx
43513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43514 Language ! Encoding
43522 \begin_layout Standard
43523 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43524 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43525 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43526 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43527 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43528 known for a particular character).
43532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43533 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43538 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43543 manual for details.
43551 \begin_layout Standard
43552 If you use the option
43556 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43557 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43558 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43559 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43560 exactly one encoding.
43561 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43564 \begin_layout Standard
43565 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43566 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43567 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43568 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43569 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43570 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43575 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43576 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43577 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43578 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43579 engines to standard LaTeX.
43580 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43581 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43584 \begin_inset space ~
43591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43603 \begin_inset space ~
43610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43622 \begin_inset space ~
43628 \begin_inset space ~
43632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43634 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43639 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43643 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43646 \begin_layout Standard
43650 \begin_inset space ~
43655 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43665 The possible settings are:
43668 \begin_layout Description
43669 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43671 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43672 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43676 \begin_inset space ~
43680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43682 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43689 \begin_layout Description
43690 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43691 format you will use.
43692 In many cases this will be
43697 \begin_inset Index idx
43700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43701 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43707 If the newer package
43712 \begin_inset Index idx
43715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43716 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43721 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43722 this package will be used instead of
43729 \begin_layout Description
43731 \begin_inset space ~
43742 would be more appropriate.
43745 \begin_layout Description
43746 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43747 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43751 (for German texts), type in
43754 \begin_inset Newline newline
43759 usepackage{ngerman}
43762 \begin_layout Description
43763 None will not use a language package.
43764 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43767 \begin_layout Standard
43768 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43771 \begin_layout Description
43773 \begin_inset space ~
43777 \begin_inset space ~
43781 \begin_inset space ~
43788 , but the LaTeX-package
43793 \begin_inset Index idx
43796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43797 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43803 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43804 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43805 languages in TeX code.
43808 \begin_layout Description
43809 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43810 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43811 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43814 \begin_layout Description
43816 \begin_inset space ~
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43823 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43826 \begin_layout Description
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43832 \begin_inset space ~
43835 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43838 \begin_layout Description
43840 \begin_inset space ~
43843 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43846 \begin_layout Description
43848 \begin_inset space ~
43852 \begin_inset space ~
43855 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43856 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43859 \begin_layout Description
43861 \begin_inset space ~
43865 \begin_inset space ~
43868 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43872 \begin_layout Description
43874 \begin_inset space ~
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43881 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43882 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43885 \begin_layout Description
43887 \begin_inset space ~
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43895 \begin_inset space ~
43898 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43899 \begin_inset space ~
43905 \begin_layout Description
43907 \begin_inset space ~
43911 \begin_inset space ~
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43918 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43919 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43922 \begin_layout Description
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43931 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43932 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43933 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43934 \begin_inset space ~
43938 \begin_inset space ~
43944 \begin_layout Description
43946 \begin_inset space ~
43950 \begin_inset space ~
43953 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43954 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43955 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43956 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43957 \begin_inset space ~
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43967 \begin_layout Description
43969 \begin_inset space ~
43973 \begin_inset space ~
43976 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43979 \begin_layout Description
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43985 \begin_inset space ~
43988 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43991 \begin_layout Description
43993 \begin_inset space ~
43997 \begin_inset space ~
44000 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44003 \begin_layout Description
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44008 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44011 \begin_layout Description
44013 \begin_inset space ~
44016 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44019 \begin_layout Description
44021 \begin_inset space ~
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44028 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44031 \begin_layout Description
44033 \begin_inset space ~
44037 \begin_inset space ~
44043 \begin_layout Description
44045 \begin_inset space ~
44049 \begin_inset space ~
44052 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44055 \begin_layout Description
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44061 \begin_inset space ~
44067 \begin_layout Description
44069 \begin_inset space ~
44073 \begin_inset space ~
44076 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44081 \begin_inset Index idx
44084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44085 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44090 , when using this, set the document language to
44095 \begin_layout Description
44097 \begin_inset space ~
44101 \begin_inset space ~
44104 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44108 , when using this, set the document language to
44111 \begin_inset space ~
44117 \begin_layout Description
44119 \begin_inset space ~
44123 \begin_inset space ~
44126 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44131 \begin_inset Index idx
44134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44135 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44140 , when using this, set the document language to
44145 \begin_layout Description
44147 \begin_inset space ~
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44154 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44158 , when using this, set the document language to
44163 \begin_layout Description
44165 \begin_inset space ~
44169 \begin_inset space ~
44172 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44176 , when using this, set the document language to
44181 \begin_layout Description
44183 \begin_inset space ~
44186 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44189 \begin_layout Description
44191 \begin_inset space ~
44195 \begin_inset space ~
44199 \begin_inset space ~
44202 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44205 \begin_layout Description
44207 \begin_inset space ~
44211 \begin_inset space ~
44215 \begin_inset space ~
44218 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44219 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44220 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44223 \begin_layout Description
44225 \begin_inset space ~
44229 \begin_inset space ~
44235 \begin_layout Description
44237 \begin_inset space ~
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44244 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44245 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44248 \begin_layout Description
44250 \begin_inset space ~
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44257 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44262 \begin_inset Index idx
44265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44266 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44271 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44274 \begin_layout Description
44276 \begin_inset space ~
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44283 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44291 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44296 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44298 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44301 \begin_layout Description
44303 \begin_inset space ~
44307 \begin_inset space ~
44310 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44315 \begin_inset Index idx
44318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44319 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44324 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44327 \begin_layout Description
44329 \begin_inset space ~
44332 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44337 \begin_inset Index idx
44340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44341 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44347 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44351 \begin_layout Description
44353 \begin_inset space ~
44357 \begin_inset space ~
44361 \begin_inset space ~
44364 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44365 \begin_inset space ~
44371 \begin_layout Description
44373 \begin_inset space ~
44377 \begin_inset space ~
44381 \begin_inset space ~
44384 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44385 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44386 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44390 \begin_layout Description
44392 \begin_inset space ~
44396 \begin_inset space ~
44400 \begin_inset space ~
44403 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44404 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44407 \begin_layout Standard
44408 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44417 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44421 for more information on the language package.
44424 \begin_layout Section
44426 \begin_inset Index idx
44429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44436 \begin_inset Index idx
44439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44448 \begin_layout Standard
44449 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44451 \begin_inset space ~
44454 out notes (default: light grey).
44459 sets the color back to the default.
44462 \begin_layout Standard
44463 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44465 \begin_inset space ~
44468 boxes (default: red).
44471 \begin_layout Standard
44472 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44476 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44478 \begin_inset space ~
44481 out note appears blue in the output.)
44489 \begin_layout Standard
44490 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44493 \begin_inset space ~
44498 in the document settings under
44501 \begin_inset space ~
44506 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44509 \begin_inset space ~
44517 \begin_inset space ~
44523 For example the option
44526 \begin_layout Standard
44532 \begin_layout Standard
44533 sets the link text color to black.
44534 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44539 \begin_inset Index idx
44542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44543 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44558 \begin_layout Standard
44559 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44565 \begin_layout Standard
44566 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44567 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44568 \begin_inset space ~
44571 Code behind a forced page break:
44574 \begin_layout Itemize
44575 For the page color:
44576 \begin_inset Newline newline
44583 pagecolor{color name}
44586 \begin_layout Itemize
44587 For the text color:
44588 \begin_inset Newline newline
44598 \begin_layout Standard
44599 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44632 \begin_inset Newline newline
44635 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44639 \begin_layout Itemize
44640 For the page background color:
44641 \begin_inset Newline newline
44646 page_backgroundcolor
44649 \begin_layout Itemize
44650 For the main text color:
44651 \begin_inset Newline newline
44659 \begin_layout Itemize
44661 \begin_inset space ~
44664 box background color:
44665 \begin_inset Newline newline
44673 \begin_layout Itemize
44675 \begin_inset space ~
44678 out note text color:
44679 \begin_inset Newline newline
44687 \begin_layout Standard
44688 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44691 \begin_inset space ~
44699 \begin_inset space ~
44707 \begin_layout Section
44711 \begin_layout Standard
44712 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44713 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44714 \begin_inset space ~
44718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44720 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44727 \begin_layout Section
44731 \begin_layout Standard
44732 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44737 \begin_inset Index idx
44740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44741 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44751 \begin_inset Index idx
44754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44755 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44761 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44766 \begin_inset Index idx
44769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44770 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44775 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44777 For a further description see section
44778 \begin_inset space ~
44782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44784 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44791 \begin_layout Section
44795 \begin_layout Standard
44796 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44797 and you can define additional indexes.
44798 Please refer to section
44799 \begin_inset space ~
44803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44805 reference "sec:Index"
44812 \begin_layout Section
44816 \begin_layout Standard
44817 The PDF properties are explained in section
44818 \begin_inset space ~
44822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44824 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44831 \begin_layout Section
44835 \begin_layout Standard
44836 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44841 \begin_inset Index idx
44844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44845 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44855 \begin_inset Index idx
44858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44859 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44869 \begin_inset Index idx
44872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44873 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44883 \begin_inset Index idx
44886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44887 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44892 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44895 \begin_layout Description
44896 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44897 ensure that you have enabled
44900 \begin_inset space ~
44908 \begin_layout Description
44909 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44912 \begin_inset space ~
44924 \begin_layout Description
44925 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44936 \begin_layout Description
44937 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44939 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44948 \begin_layout Section
44952 \begin_layout Standard
44953 The float placement options are described in section
44956 \begin_inset space ~
44964 \begin_inset space ~
44972 \begin_layout Section
44976 \begin_layout Standard
44977 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44979 Program Code Listings
44984 \begin_inset space ~
44992 \begin_layout Section
44996 \begin_layout Standard
44997 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44998 The itemize environment is described in section
44999 \begin_inset space ~
45003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45005 reference "sec:Itemize"
45012 \begin_layout Section
45016 \begin_layout Standard
45017 Branches are described in section
45018 \begin_inset space ~
45022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45024 reference "sec:Branches"
45031 \begin_layout Section
45033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45035 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45042 \begin_layout Standard
45043 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45046 \begin_layout Description
45048 \begin_inset space ~
45052 \begin_inset space ~
45055 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45075 View Master Document
45076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45083 Update Master Document
45084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45091 menu or the toolbar.
45092 The default is set in
45094 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45095 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45105 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45112 \begin_layout Description
45114 \begin_inset space ~
45118 \begin_inset space ~
45121 Output settings for the menu
45123 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45125 \begin_inset space ~
45131 For a detailed description see section
45133 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45138 \begin_inset space ~
45146 \begin_layout Description
45148 \begin_inset space ~
45152 \begin_inset space ~
45155 Options settings for the export format
45163 \begin_inset space ~
45168 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45172 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45176 \begin_inset space ~
45181 settings are described in detail in section
45183 Math Output in XHTML
45188 \begin_inset space ~
45194 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45197 \begin_layout Section
45202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45212 \begin_layout Standard
45213 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45214 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45215 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45216 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45220 \begin_layout Standard
45221 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45222 \begin_inset space ~
45226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45228 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45235 \begin_layout Chapter
45241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45243 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45248 \begin_inset Index idx
45251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45260 \begin_layout Standard
45261 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45263 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45267 It has the following submenus.
45270 \begin_layout Section
45274 \begin_layout Subsection
45278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45279 User Interface File
45280 \begin_inset Index idx
45283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45284 Customization ! of toolbars
45290 \begin_inset Index idx
45293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45294 Customization ! of menus
45302 \begin_layout Standard
45303 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45304 interface (ui) file.
45305 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45306 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45315 Both files are loaded by the
45320 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45321 files and edit the entries.
45324 \begin_layout Standard
45325 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45337 entries must be finished with an explicit
45362 and in the case of the
45363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45375 The syntax for the entries is:
45378 \begin_layout Standard
45379 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45407 \begin_layout Standard
45409 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45412 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45414 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45416 \begin_inset space ~
45424 \begin_layout Standard
45425 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45431 \begin_layout Standard
45432 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45434 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45437 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45441 \begin_layout Standard
45442 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45466 \begin_layout Standard
45468 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45479 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45486 \begin_layout Standard
45487 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45488 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45489 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45492 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45503 \begin_layout Standard
45506 Enable tool tips in main work area
45508 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45516 \begin_layout Standard
45519 Restore window layouts and geometries
45521 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45522 in the last LyX session.
45525 \begin_layout Standard
45528 Restore cursor positions
45530 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45534 \begin_layout Standard
45537 Load opened files from last session
45539 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45542 \begin_layout Standard
45545 Clear all session information
45547 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45548 of last opened documents, etc.).
45551 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45555 name "sub:Backup documents"
45560 \begin_inset Index idx
45563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45572 \begin_layout Standard
45575 Backup original documents when saving
45577 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45578 it was saved the last time.
45579 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45582 \begin_inset space ~
45588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45590 reference "sec:Paths"
45595 The backup file has the file extension
45596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45610 \begin_layout Standard
45613 Backup documents, every
45615 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45618 \begin_layout Standard
45621 Save documents compressed by default
45623 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45626 \begin_layout Standard
45631 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45634 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45636 \begin_inset space ~
45644 \begin_layout Standard
45647 Open documents in tabs
45649 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45653 \begin_layout Standard
45658 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45670 reference "sec:Paths"
45674 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45680 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45682 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45685 \begin_layout Standard
45688 Single close-tab button
45690 there will only be one button (
45693 \begin_inset Graphics
45694 filename ../images/closetab.png
45701 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45702 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45705 \begin_layout Standard
45706 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45714 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45722 \begin_layout Subsection
45724 \begin_inset Index idx
45727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45736 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45743 \begin_layout Standard
45744 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45747 \begin_layout Standard
45748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45756 This section only deals with the fonts
45761 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45764 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45765 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45776 \begin_layout Standard
45777 By default, LyX uses
45781 as roman (serif) font,
45789 (depends on the system) as
45792 \begin_inset space ~
45808 \begin_layout Standard
45809 You can change the font size with the
45816 \begin_layout Standard
45821 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45826 points have the size of 1
45827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45831 \begin_inset space ~
45835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45837 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45842 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45847 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45848 \begin_inset space ~
45852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45854 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45861 \begin_layout Standard
45864 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45866 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45867 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45868 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45869 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45871 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45872 \begin_inset space ~
45878 \begin_layout Subsection
45880 \begin_inset Index idx
45883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45890 \begin_inset Index idx
45893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45902 \begin_layout Standard
45903 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45904 Choose an item in the list and use the
45911 \begin_layout Standard
45912 By using the option
45916 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45919 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45920 \begin_inset space ~
45924 \begin_inset space ~
45929 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45932 \begin_layout Subsection
45934 \begin_inset Index idx
45937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45946 \begin_layout Standard
45947 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45950 \begin_layout Standard
45955 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45956 This feature is described in section
45957 \begin_inset space ~
45961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45963 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45970 \begin_layout Standard
45974 \begin_inset space ~
45978 \begin_inset space ~
45982 \begin_inset space ~
45987 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45990 \begin_layout Section
45992 \begin_inset Index idx
45995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46004 \begin_layout Subsection
46008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46012 \begin_layout Standard
46015 Cursor follows scrollbar
46017 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46021 \begin_layout Standard
46022 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46023 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46024 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46027 \begin_layout Standard
46030 Scroll below end of document
46032 is self-explanatory.
46035 \begin_layout Standard
46036 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46043 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46045 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46046 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46049 \begin_layout Standard
46052 Sort environments alphabetically
46054 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46057 \begin_layout Standard
46060 Group environments by their category
46062 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46065 \begin_layout Standard
46066 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46082 \begin_layout Standard
46083 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46088 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46089 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46093 \begin_layout Subsection
46095 \begin_inset Index idx
46098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46105 \begin_inset Index idx
46108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46109 Settings ! Shortcuts
46117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46121 \begin_layout Standard
46122 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46123 Several binding files are available:
46126 \begin_layout Description
46127 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46130 \begin_layout Description
46131 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46142 \begin_layout Description
46143 mac.bind set of bindings for
46146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46154 \begin_layout Standard
46155 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46159 , and bind files for special languages.
46160 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46165 \begin_inset space \space{}
46169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46177 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46181 \begin_layout Standard
46182 Some bind-files, like
46186 , have only a small scope.
46187 When looking at the end of the file
46191 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46198 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46203 \begin_inset Index idx
46206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46207 Key Bindings ! Editing
46215 \begin_layout Standard
46216 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46217 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46218 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46221 Show key-bindings containing
46224 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46225 Insert there for example as keyword
46226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46233 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46243 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46244 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46248 that you will find in the
46255 \begin_layout Standard
46257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46261 \begin_inset space \space{}
46272 , select the function and press the
46277 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46278 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46279 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46280 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46281 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46283 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46285 The binding for the function
46289 is an example of this.
46292 \begin_layout Standard
46293 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46295 The syntax of the entries is:
46298 \begin_layout Standard
46304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46322 \begin_layout Subsection
46324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46326 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46331 \begin_inset Index idx
46334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46341 \begin_inset Index idx
46344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46345 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46353 \begin_layout Standard
46354 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46355 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46361 \begin_inset space \space{}
46364 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46365 can use the keyboard map file named
46372 \begin_layout Standard
46373 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46381 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46389 \begin_layout Standard
46390 You can furthermore specify here the
46392 Wheel scrolling speed
46395 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46399 \begin_layout Standard
46404 you can select a key for zooming.
46405 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46408 \begin_layout Subsection
46412 \begin_layout Standard
46413 Input completion is described in sec.
46414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46420 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46427 \begin_layout Section
46429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46436 \begin_inset Index idx
46439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46446 \begin_inset Index idx
46449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46458 \begin_layout Description
46460 \begin_inset space ~
46463 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46464 It is the default when you
46475 \begin_inset space ~
46483 \begin_layout Description
46485 \begin_inset space ~
46488 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46490 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46492 \begin_inset space ~
46496 \begin_inset space ~
46504 \begin_layout Description
46506 \begin_inset space ~
46509 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46515 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46519 \begin_inset Newline newline
46523 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46535 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46543 \begin_layout Description
46545 \begin_inset space ~
46549 \begin_inset Index idx
46552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46558 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46559 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46560 \begin_inset space ~
46564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46566 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46574 will be used to save the backups.
46575 \begin_inset Newline newline
46578 Backup files have the ending
46579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46589 \begin_layout Description
46594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46602 \begin_inset space ~
46605 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46606 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46607 \begin_inset Newline newline
46614 You add a BibTeX-database
46619 You can edit this file with the program
46628 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46631 \begin_inset space ~
46637 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46642 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46643 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46649 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46650 \begin_inset Newline newline
46653 The pipe is also used for the
46658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46664 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46669 \begin_inset Newline newline
46672 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46673 \begin_inset Newline newline
46689 \begin_layout Description
46691 \begin_inset space ~
46694 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46697 \begin_layout Description
46699 \begin_inset space ~
46702 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46703 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46704 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46707 \begin_layout Description
46709 \begin_inset space ~
46712 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46718 You only need to specify it if you are using
46722 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46728 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46732 \begin_layout Description
46734 \begin_inset space ~
46737 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46738 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46739 to find it on the system.
46740 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46741 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46750 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46751 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46754 \begin_layout Description
46756 \begin_inset space ~
46759 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46760 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46761 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46763 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46764 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46765 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46766 scanned for the input files.
46767 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46768 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46769 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46770 on may fail for some documents.
46773 \begin_layout Section
46777 \begin_layout Standard
46778 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46779 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46781 \begin_inset space ~
46785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46787 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46791 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46794 \begin_layout Section
46796 \begin_inset Index idx
46799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46800 Language ! Settings
46806 \begin_inset Index idx
46809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46810 Settings ! Language
46818 \begin_layout Subsection
46820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46822 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46829 \begin_layout Description
46831 \begin_inset space ~
46835 \begin_inset space ~
46838 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46839 You find the actual translation status here:
46840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46842 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46849 \begin_layout Description
46851 \begin_inset space ~
46854 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46856 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46857 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46874 The most widespread language package is
46879 \begin_inset Index idx
46882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46883 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46888 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46889 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46890 alternative language package
46895 \begin_inset Index idx
46898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46899 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46904 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46905 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46907 The available selections are described in sec.
46908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46914 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46921 \begin_layout Description
46923 \begin_inset space ~
46926 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46927 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46928 An example is the start command
46934 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46954 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46959 \begin_layout Description
46961 \begin_inset space ~
46969 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46970 command toggles the package on and off.
46973 \begin_layout Description
46975 \begin_inset space ~
46979 \begin_inset space ~
46982 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46986 \begin_layout Description
46988 \begin_inset space ~
46992 \begin_inset space ~
46995 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46996 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46997 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46998 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47005 \begin_layout Description
47007 \begin_inset space ~
47010 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47012 When this option is not set, the
47015 \begin_inset space ~
47020 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47021 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47024 \begin_inset space ~
47032 \begin_layout Description
47034 \begin_inset space ~
47040 \begin_inset space ~
47046 When it is not set, the
47049 \begin_inset space ~
47054 is set to the end of the document.
47057 \begin_layout Description
47059 \begin_inset space ~
47063 \begin_inset space ~
47066 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47067 language will be underlined in blue.
47070 \begin_layout Description
47072 \begin_inset space ~
47076 \begin_inset space ~
47079 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47080 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47083 \begin_layout Description
47085 \begin_inset space ~
47088 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47089 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47090 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47091 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47094 \begin_layout Subsection
47098 \begin_layout Standard
47099 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47100 \begin_inset space ~
47104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47106 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47113 \begin_layout Section
47117 \begin_layout Subsection
47121 \begin_layout Description
47123 \begin_inset space ~
47127 \begin_inset space ~
47130 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47134 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47136 \begin_inset space ~
47142 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47146 \begin_layout Description
47148 \begin_inset space ~
47152 \begin_inset Index idx
47155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47162 \begin_inset Index idx
47165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47166 Settings ! Date format
47171 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47172 \begin_inset Newline newline
47176 \begin_inset Flex URL
47179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47181 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47187 \begin_inset Newline newline
47190 For example the format
47191 \begin_inset Newline newline
47195 \begin_inset Newline newline
47198 prints the date as day/month/year.
47201 \begin_layout Description
47203 \begin_inset space ~
47207 \begin_inset space ~
47210 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47213 \begin_layout Description
47215 \begin_inset space ~
47218 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47220 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47222 \begin_inset space ~
47228 For a detailed description see section
47230 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47235 \begin_inset space ~
47243 \begin_layout Subsection
47245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47252 \begin_inset Index idx
47255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47262 \begin_inset Index idx
47265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47274 \begin_layout Description
47276 \begin_inset space ~
47279 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47280 The name will be used when the
47285 \begin_inset Newline newline
47289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47297 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47305 \begin_layout Description
47307 \begin_inset space ~
47310 command is the command LyX
47311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47318 LaTeX uses for printing.
47326 \begin_layout Description
47328 \begin_inset space ~
47332 \begin_inset space ~
47335 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47336 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47337 of the program that provides the
47344 \begin_layout Description
47346 \begin_inset space ~
47350 \begin_inset space ~
47354 \begin_inset space ~
47357 printer This option works only for the
47362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47374 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47375 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47378 \begin_layout Subsection
47383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47393 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47398 \begin_inset Index idx
47401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47410 \begin_layout Description
47412 \begin_inset space ~
47419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47427 \begin_inset space ~
47431 \begin_inset space ~
47434 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47439 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47460 are used for Cyrillic.
47461 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47474 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47475 LyX sets up in the background.
47476 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47479 \begin_layout Description
47481 \begin_inset space ~
47485 \begin_inset space ~
47488 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47493 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47496 \begin_layout Description
47498 \begin_inset space ~
47502 \begin_inset space ~
47506 \begin_inset space ~
47510 \begin_inset space ~
47513 options They only have an effect when the program
47517 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47520 \begin_layout Standard
47521 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47522 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47523 manuals of the applications.
47526 \begin_layout Description
47528 \begin_inset space ~
47531 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47532 \begin_inset space ~
47536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47538 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47545 \begin_layout Description
47547 \begin_inset space ~
47550 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47551 \begin_inset space ~
47555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47557 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47564 \begin_layout Description
47566 \begin_inset space ~
47569 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47570 \begin_inset space ~
47574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47576 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47583 \begin_layout Description
47588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47596 \begin_inset space ~
47599 command Command for the program
47603 that is described in the section
47609 Additional Features
47614 \begin_layout Standard
47615 There are additionally the following options:
47618 \begin_layout Description
47620 \begin_inset space ~
47624 \begin_inset space ~
47628 \begin_inset space ~
47632 \begin_inset space ~
47636 \begin_inset space ~
47639 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47657 to separate folders.
47658 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47659 \begin_inset Index idx
47662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47669 \begin_inset Index idx
47672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47681 \begin_layout Description
47683 \begin_inset space ~
47687 \begin_inset space ~
47691 \begin_inset space ~
47695 \begin_inset space ~
47699 \begin_inset space ~
47703 \begin_inset space ~
47706 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47711 dialog when changing the document class.
47714 \begin_layout Section
47716 \begin_inset space ~
47720 \begin_inset Index idx
47723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47732 \begin_layout Subsection
47734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47736 name "sub:Converters"
47741 \begin_inset Index idx
47744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47753 \begin_layout Standard
47754 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47755 from one format to another.
47756 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47757 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47764 \begin_inset space ~
47774 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47778 \begin_inset space ~
47783 drop-down list, modify the
47787 field and press the
47794 \begin_layout Standard
47797 Converter File Cache
47799 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47802 Maximum Age (in days
47805 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47806 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47809 \begin_layout Standard
47810 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47811 definition, is described in the section
47822 \begin_layout Subsection
47824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47826 name "sec:File-Formats"
47831 \begin_inset Index idx
47834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47841 \begin_inset Index idx
47844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47853 \begin_layout Standard
47854 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47855 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47859 \begin_layout Standard
47860 Furthermore, you can define the
47862 Default output format
47864 that is used when you use
47866 View, Update, View Master Document
47870 Update Master Document
47876 menu or the toolbar.
47879 \begin_layout Standard
47880 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47891 \begin_layout Standard
47892 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47893 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47894 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47895 This is done by specifying a
47900 More about this is described in the section
47911 \begin_layout Chapter
47912 Units available in LyX
47913 \begin_inset Index idx
47916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47925 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47932 \begin_layout Standard
47933 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47936 reference "cap:Units"
47940 explains all units available in LyX.
47943 \begin_layout Standard
47944 \begin_inset Float table
47950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 \begin_inset Caption
47953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47969 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47977 \begin_inset Tabular
47978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47979 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48132 scaled point (65536
48133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48193 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48248 % of original image width
48255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48462 \begin_layout Chapter
48464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48473 \begin_layout Standard
48474 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48475 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48478 \begin_layout Itemize
48481 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48484 \begin_layout Itemize
48490 \begin_layout Itemize
48496 \begin_layout Itemize
48502 \begin_layout Itemize
48508 \begin_layout Itemize
48514 \begin_layout Itemize
48520 \begin_layout Itemize
48526 \begin_layout Itemize
48529 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48532 \begin_layout Itemize
48538 \begin_layout Itemize
48544 \begin_layout Itemize
48550 \begin_layout Itemize
48556 \begin_layout Itemize
48562 \begin_layout Itemize
48568 \begin_layout Itemize
48574 \begin_layout Itemize
48580 \begin_layout Itemize
48582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48591 \begin_layout Standard
48592 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48595 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48602 \begin_layout Bibliography
48603 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48604 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48605 LatexCommand bibitem
48612 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48615 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48620 \begin_inset Newline newline
48624 \begin_inset Flex URL
48627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48629 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48637 \begin_layout Bibliography
48638 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48640 LatexCommand bibitem
48641 key "latexcompanion"
48645 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48647 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48650 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48653 \begin_layout Bibliography
48654 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48655 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48656 LatexCommand bibitem
48661 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48664 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48667 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48670 \begin_layout Bibliography
48671 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48673 LatexCommand bibitem
48680 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48683 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48686 \begin_layout Bibliography
48687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48689 LatexCommand bibitem
48701 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48704 \begin_layout Bibliography
48705 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48706 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48707 LatexCommand bibitem
48713 \begin_inset Newline newline
48717 \begin_inset Flex URL
48720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48722 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48730 \begin_layout Bibliography
48731 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48732 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48733 LatexCommand bibitem
48739 \begin_inset Newline newline
48743 \begin_inset Flex URL
48746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48748 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48756 \begin_layout Bibliography
48757 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48759 LatexCommand bibitem
48765 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48767 name "Documentation"
48768 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48777 \begin_inset Newline newline
48781 \begin_inset Flex URL
48784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48786 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48794 \begin_layout Bibliography
48795 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48797 LatexCommand bibitem
48803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48805 name "Documentation"
48806 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48810 how to use the program
48815 \begin_inset Newline newline
48819 \begin_inset Flex URL
48822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48824 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48832 \begin_layout Bibliography
48833 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48834 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48835 LatexCommand bibitem
48841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48843 name "Documentation"
48844 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48853 \begin_inset Newline newline
48857 \begin_inset Flex URL
48860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48862 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48870 \begin_layout Bibliography
48871 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48872 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48873 LatexCommand bibitem
48879 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48881 name "Documentation"
48882 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48891 \begin_inset Newline newline
48895 \begin_inset Flex URL
48898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48900 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48908 \begin_layout Bibliography
48909 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48910 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48911 LatexCommand bibitem
48917 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48919 name "Documentation"
48920 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48924 of the LaTeX-package
48929 \begin_inset Index idx
48932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48933 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48939 \begin_inset Newline newline
48943 \begin_inset Flex URL
48946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48948 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48956 \begin_layout Bibliography
48957 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48958 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48959 LatexCommand bibitem
48965 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48967 name "Documentation"
48968 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48972 of the LaTeX-package
48977 \begin_inset Index idx
48980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48981 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48987 \begin_inset Newline newline
48991 \begin_inset Flex URL
48994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48996 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49004 \begin_layout Bibliography
49005 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49007 LatexCommand bibitem
49013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49015 name "Documentation"
49016 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49020 of the LaTeX-package
49025 \begin_inset Index idx
49028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49029 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49035 \begin_inset Newline newline
49039 \begin_inset Flex URL
49042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49044 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49052 \begin_layout Bibliography
49053 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49054 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49055 LatexCommand bibitem
49063 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49065 name "Documentation"
49066 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49072 of the LaTeX-package
49077 \begin_inset Index idx
49080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49081 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49087 \begin_inset Newline newline
49091 \begin_inset Flex URL
49094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49096 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49104 \begin_layout Bibliography
49105 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49106 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49107 LatexCommand bibitem
49113 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49115 name "Documentation"
49116 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49120 of the LaTeX-package
49125 \begin_inset Index idx
49128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49129 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49135 \begin_inset Newline newline
49139 \begin_inset Flex URL
49142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49144 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49152 \begin_layout Bibliography
49153 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49154 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49155 LatexCommand bibitem
49161 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49163 name "Documentation"
49164 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49168 of the LaTeX-package
49173 \begin_inset Index idx
49176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49177 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49183 \begin_inset Newline newline
49187 \begin_inset Flex URL
49190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49192 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49200 \begin_layout Bibliography
49201 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49202 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49203 LatexCommand bibitem
49209 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49211 name "Documentation"
49212 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49216 of the LaTeX-package
49221 \begin_inset Index idx
49224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49225 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49231 \begin_inset Newline newline
49235 \begin_inset Flex URL
49238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49240 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49248 \begin_layout Bibliography
49249 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49250 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49251 LatexCommand bibitem
49257 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49259 name "Documentation"
49260 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49264 of the LaTeX-package
49269 \begin_inset Index idx
49272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49273 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49279 \begin_inset Newline newline
49283 \begin_inset Flex URL
49286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49288 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49296 \begin_layout Bibliography
49297 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49299 LatexCommand bibitem
49305 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49308 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49312 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49313 \begin_inset Newline newline
49317 \begin_inset Flex URL
49320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49322 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49330 \begin_layout Bibliography
49331 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49332 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49333 LatexCommand bibitem
49339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49342 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49346 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49347 \begin_inset Newline newline
49351 \begin_inset Flex URL
49354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49356 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49364 \begin_layout Bibliography
49365 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49367 LatexCommand bibitem
49373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49376 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49380 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49381 \begin_inset Newline newline
49385 \begin_inset Flex URL
49388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49390 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49398 \begin_layout Bibliography
49399 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49401 LatexCommand bibitem
49407 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49410 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49414 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49415 \begin_inset Newline newline
49419 \begin_inset Flex URL
49422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49424 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49432 \begin_layout Bibliography
49433 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49434 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49435 LatexCommand bibitem
49441 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49444 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49448 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49449 \begin_inset Newline newline
49453 \begin_inset Flex URL
49456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49458 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49466 \begin_layout Bibliography
49467 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49468 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49469 LatexCommand bibitem
49475 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49478 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49482 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49483 \begin_inset Newline newline
49487 \begin_inset Flex URL
49490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49492 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49500 \begin_layout Bibliography
49501 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49502 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49503 LatexCommand bibitem
49509 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49512 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49516 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49517 \begin_inset Newline newline
49521 \begin_inset Flex URL
49524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49526 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49534 \begin_layout Bibliography
49535 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49537 LatexCommand bibitem
49543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49550 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49551 \begin_inset Newline newline
49555 \begin_inset Flex URL
49558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49568 \begin_layout Bibliography
49569 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49571 LatexCommand bibitem
49577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49580 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49584 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49585 \begin_inset Newline newline
49589 \begin_inset Flex URL
49592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49594 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49602 \begin_layout Bibliography
49603 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49604 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49605 LatexCommand bibitem
49611 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49614 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49618 about new features in
49623 \begin_inset Newline newline
49627 \begin_inset Flex URL
49630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49632 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49640 \begin_layout Standard
49641 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49675 \begin_inset Note Note
49678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49685 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49686 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49687 bibliography is the second one:
49695 \begin_layout Standard
49696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49697 LatexCommand bibtex
49698 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49699 options "biblio/alphadin"
49706 \begin_layout Standard
49707 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49710 \begin_layout Standard
49711 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49712 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49718 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49719 LatexCommand printindex